ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit by M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP

AtVillage: Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh

PROJECT AREA- 0.73 Ha.

MONITORING DONE BY M/S. VARDAN ENVIROLAB (NABL ACCREDITATION T-6299 (Valid till-04/08/2019, MOEFCC No S.O. 1783 (E) Valid till-29/06/2020)

[Project or Activity 5(f) as per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006 and amended from time to time, the proposed project falls under category “A”]

APPLICANTM/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP

FINAL REPORT

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANTVARDAN ENVIRONET

(QCI/NABET ACCREDITED NO. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0037)

DOCUMENT NO. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA_ Rev.00December 2018

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | vii(Index)

INDEX

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE NO. I. REVIEW AND REVISION HISTORY I II. NABET ANNEXURE II III. TABLE OF CONTENT VII IV. LIST OF TABLES XIV V. LIST OF FIGURES XVII VI. ABBREVIATIONS XVIII VII. TOR LETTER XXI VIII. TOR COMPLIANCE XXX

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 - 5

1.0 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1 1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1

1.1.1 PROJECT DETAILS 1 1.1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 1 1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 1 1.3 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION 5

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TOR)

5

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 6-16

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT 6 2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 6 2.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION,

SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, PROJECT BOUNDARY AND PROJECT SITE LAYOUT)

6

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 6 2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 10 2.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT 10

2.6.1 RAW MATERIALS REQUIRED 10 2.7 PROCESS DISCRIPTION 11 2.8 AVAILABILITY OF WATER, ITS SOURCE, ENERGY/ POWER

REQUIREMENT AND SOURCE 13

2.8.1 WATER REQUIREMENT 13 2.8.2 POWER REQUIREMENT 13 2.8.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 13 2.8.4 LAND REQUIREMENT 13 2.8.5 PROJECT COST 14 2.8.6 ASSESSMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEMAND 14 2.9 SOURCE OF POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES 15 2.9.1 AIR POLLUTION 15 2.9.2 QUANTITY OF WASTE TO BE GENERATED. 15

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | viii(Index)

2.9.3 NOISE POLLUTION 16 2.10 Description of Mitigation Measure Incorporated in to the Project to

meet Environmental Standard, Environmental Operating Conditions or other EIA Requirements

16

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 17-74

3.1 INTRODUCTION 17 3.2 STUDY AREA 17 3.3 STUDY PERIOD 17 3.3.1 COMPONENTS &METHODOLOGY 17 3.3.2 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 18 3.3.3 METHODOLOGY 18 3.4 HYDROLOGY 21 3.5 SOIL QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA 28 3.5.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS 28 3.5.2 INTERPRETATION 30 3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT AND METEOROLOGY 32 3.6.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 33 3.6.2 BASELINE DATA 36 3.6.3 INTERPRETATION AIR QUALITY MONITORING 38 3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT 38 3.7.1 INTERPRETATION OF GROUND WATER RESULT (1STMARCH TO

31STMAY 2018) 47

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 47 3.8.1 NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA 48 3.8.2 INTERPRETATION 49 3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 51 3.9.1 SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION 51 3.9.1.1 FOREST COVER 51 3.9.1.2 FOREST TYPES 52 3.9.2 PHYSIOGRAPHY 52 3.9.3 ONSITE DATA COLLECTION 52 3.9.4 PHYTOSOCIOLOGIGAL/COMMUNITY DIVERSITY 56 3.9.4.1 METHODOLOGY FOR FLORAL DIVERSITY 56 3.9.5 Conclusion of Biological Environment study 67 3.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 67 3.11 TRAFFIC STUDY 71

3.11.1 CONCLUSION 73

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

75-93

4.1 INTRODUCTION 75 4.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MODELING BY ISCST3 DISPERSION MODEL 75

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | ix(Index)

4.2.1 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 77 4.2.2 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 79 4.2.3 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON WATER ENVIRONMENT 83 4.2.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT 84 4.2.5 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON LAND COVER/ LAND USE 84 4.2.6 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT 84 4.2.7 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES DUE TO SOLID/ HAZARDOUS 84 4.2.8 IMPACT SCORING AND MITIGATION MEASURES DUE TO RISK AND

HAZARD 85

4.2.9 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

85

4.2.10 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 86 4.3 Rainwater Harvesting Report 88

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE 94

5.1 PREAMBLE 94 5.2 SELECTION OF LOCATION 94 5.3 SELECTION OF TECHNOLOGY 94

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 95-98

6.0 INTRODUCTION 95 6.1 MONITORING POINTS / LOCATIONS AND COMPONENTS 95 6.2 MONITORING PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY 96 6.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES 97 6.4 REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 97 6.5 BUDGET AND PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE 97 6.6 SUMMARY 98

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 99-150

7.0 INTRODUCTION 99 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 99 7.1.1 Public Hearing Minutes given by MPPCB 101 7.1.2 Time bound Action Plan for points raised during Public hearing

dated on 12/11/2018 110

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT 117 7.2.1 INTRODUCTION 117 7.2.2 CHEMICAL HAZARDS IDENTIFIED AT M/S. SWASTIKA CHLOROFFIN

LLP 117

7.2.2.1 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION RISK ASSESSMENT 118 7.2.2.2 EXPLOSION HAZARDS CAN TAKE PLACE DUE TO THE FOLLOWING

REASONS 118

7.3 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT (MCA) ANALYSIS 119 7.3.1 FIRE AND EXPLOSION INDEX (FEI) & TOXICITY INDEX (TI) 119

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | x(Index)

7.3.2 CONSEQUENCE MODELLING 121 7.3.3 THERMAL HAZARD DUE TO POOL FIRE 124 7.3.4 SELECTED WORST-CASE FAILURE CASES FOR CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS 126

7.3.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS RESULTS 127 7.3.6 RISK EVALUATION 130 7.3.7 COMMONLY ACCEPTABLE INDIVIDUAL RISKS IN DIFFERENT

DESIGNATED LAND ZONES 130

7.3.8 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 132 7.4 GENERAL MITIGATION MEASURES 133 7.4.1 PROJECT SPECIFIC MITIGATION MEASURES 135 7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 138 7.5.1 INTRODUCTION TO THE TERM “DISASTER” 138 7.5.2 NEED OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT 138 7.5.3 OBJECTIVE OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 138 7.5.4 PHASES OF DISASTER 138 7.5.5 KEY ELEMENTS 139 7.5.5.1 BASIS OF PLAN 139 7.5.5.2 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND RESPONSE PROCEDURE 139 7.5.5.3 ONSITE DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 140 7.6 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLANS 140 7.6.1 DISASTER CONTROL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AT M/S. SWASTIK

CHLOROFFIN LLP 140

7.6.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE (ECC) 141 7.6.3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY 142 7.6.4 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM 145 7.6.5 MANUAL CALL POINT SYSTEMS 145 7.6.6 MANUAL CALL POINT SYSTEMS 145 7.6.7 ALARM SYSTEM 145 7.6.8 FIRST AID 146 7.6.9 MOCK DRILL 146 7.6.10 TRAINING 146 7.6.11 EVACUATION PLAN 146 7.7 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING 147 7.7.1 ORGANIZATION 148 7.7.2 COMMUNICATIONS 148 7.7.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 148

7.7.4 VOLUNTARY ORGANIZATIONS 148 7.7.5 NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS (NGO) 149 7.7.6 CHEMICAL INFORMATION 149 7.7.7 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION 149 7.7.8 HUMANITARIAN ARRANGEMENTS 149 7.7.9 PUBLIC INFORMATION 149

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xi(Index)

7.7.10 ASSESSMENT 149 7.7.11 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY 149 7.7.12 ROLE OF POLICE 149 7.7.13 ROLE OF FIRE BRIGADE 150 7.7.14 MEDIA 150 7.7.15 ROLE OF HEALTH CARE AUTHORITIES 150 7.8 CONCLUSION 150

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS 151-153

8.1 IMPOVEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE 151 8.2 EDUCATION 151

8.3 PROPOSED CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) ACTIVITIES 151 8.4 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 152 8.5 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 153 8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 153

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 154

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 154

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 155-160 10.1 INTRODUCTION 155 10.2 PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 155 10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT POLICY 156 10.3.1 MONITORING & RESPONSIBILITY 157 10.4 BUDGETS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 160

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 161-168

11.1 INTRODUCTION 161 11.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STUDY 162 11.3 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR CONTROL OF POLLUTION 163 11.3.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 163

11.3.2 WASTE WATER TREATMENT 163 11.3.3 NOISE MANAGEMENT 163 11.3.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 163 11.3.5 ODOUR MANAGEMENT 163 11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 164 11.5 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) 164 11.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 165 11.7 DEMOGRAPHY& SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 165 11.8 SELECTION OF LOCATION 166 11.9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 166 11.9.1 RISK ASSESSMENT & DAMAGE CONTROL 166 11.9.2 MAXIMUMCREDIBLEACCIDENTANALYSIS(MCA) 166

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xii(Index)

11.9.3 METHODOLOGY OF MCA ANALYSIS 166 11.10 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 167 11.11 PROJECT BENEFITS 168 11.12 R&R DETAILS 168 11.13 CONCLUSION 168

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 169

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE I EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ANNEXURE II Agreement to supply Liquid chlorine

ANNEXURE III Land usedANNEXURE IV Land Deed ANNEXURE V Application for Permission to Abstract Ground Water for Industrial

Use

ANNEXUREVI Plant Layout ANNEXURE VII BASELINE MONITORING LAB REPORT

ANNEXURE VIII Registry ANNEXURE IX Forest NOC ANNEXURE X MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

LIST OF TABLE

TABLE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 PROJECT AND ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS 1 2.1 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 10 2.2 DETAILS REGARDING THE D.G. SETS 12 2.3 WATER CONSUMPTION DETAIL OF PROPOSED PLANT 13 2.4 POWER REQUIREMENT 13 2.5 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 13 2.6 LAND REQUIREMENT 13

2.7 PROJECT COST 14 2.8 PLANT & MACHINERY 14 3.1 5 KM BUFFER AREA INVENTORY WELL DETAILS (MAY, 2018) 24 3.2 GROUNDWATER AVAILABILITY AND STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT 26 3.3 SOIL MONITORING STATION DETAILS 28 3.4 SOIL ANALYSIS RESULT (1ST MARCH – 31ST MAY 2018) 28 3.5 ONSITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA – (1STMARCH TO 31STMAY 2018) 32 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sampling Stations 34 3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS (MARCH 2018 TO MAY

2018) 36

3.8 98 PERCENTILE OF AIR POLLUTANT 36

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xiii(Index)

TABLE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

3.9 GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION 39 3.10 GROUND WATER ANALYSIS (MARCH 2018-MAY 2018) 41 3.11 NOISE LEVEL SAMPLING STATIONS 44 3.12 NOISE LEVEL DURING SAMPLING (1STMARCH TO 31STMAY, 2018) 443.13 FOREST COVER OF MADHYA PRADESH 47 3.14 MODE OF DATA COLLECTION AND PARAMETERS CONSIDERED DURING

THE SURVEY49

3.15 FLORAL DIVERSITY OF THE STUDY AREA 54 3.16 VEGETATION PARAMETERS IN PROJECT AFFECTED AREA 57 3.17 VEGETATION PARAMETERS FROM SURROUNDING PROJECT AFFECTED

AREA 58

3.18 CHECKLIST OF MAMMALS 61 3.19 LIST OF BIRDS 62 3.20 LIST OF BUTTERFLIES 63

3.21 PHYTOPLANKTON AND ZOOPLANKTONS RECORDED IN THE STUDY AREA 66 3.22 LIST OF THE VILLAGES FOR FIELD SURVEY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT 69

3.23 HIGHWAY IN THE STUDY AREA 71

3.24 NO. OF VEHICLES PER DAY 72

3.25 EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO AND LOS 72

3.26 MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIOS AND LOS 73 4.1 DISPERSION PARAMETERS AS PER STABILITY CLASS 76 4.2 STACK DETAILS 77 4.3 PREDICTED GLC OF PM10 AT AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

STATIONS79

4.4 Area Statement of Project Area 88 6.1 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING LOCATIONS 95 6.2 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PARAMETER AND

FREQUENCY 96

7.1 HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS HANDLED ONSITE 118 7.2 DEGREE OF HAZARDS BASED ON FEI 120 7.3 DEGREE OF HAZARDS BASED ON TI 120 7.4 FIRE AND EXPLOSION INDEX AND TOXICITY INDEX 120 7.5 EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY 124 7.6 PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF THRESHOLD THERMAL DOSES 124 7.7 PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSE TO CHLORINE CONCENTRATION 125 7.8 PASQUILL-GIFFARD ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY CLASS 126 7.9 SELECTED WORST CASE FAILURE SCENARIOS 126

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xiv(Index)

TABLE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

7.10 FLASH FIRE CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 127 7.11 JET FIRE CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 128 7.12 POOL FIRE CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 129 7.13 TOXIC RELEASE CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 129 7.14 TOXIC RELEASE CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 132 8.1 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 153

10.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 158 10.2 EMP COST DETAILS 160 11.1 BREAKUP OF EMP COST OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT 164

LIST OF FIGURE

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 STUDY AREA MAP – 10 KM RADIUS AROUND THE PROJECT SITE 4 2.1 LOCATION MAP OF PROJECT SITE 7 2.2 GOOGLE IMAGE OF PROJECT SITE 8 2.3 LAYOUT PLAN 9 2.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 10 2.5 FLOW DIAGRAM OF MANUFACTURING PROCESS 12 3.1 METHODOLOGY USED FOR LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND MAPPING 18 3.2 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 19 3.3 FCC MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 20 3.4 DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP (PRE MONSOON) OF DISTRICT UJJAIN, 2012 22

3.5 DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP (POST MONSOON) OF DISTRICT UJJAIN, 2012 23

3.6 DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP OF KACHAROD BLOCK (POST MONSOON, PRE MONSOON, 2016) AND WATER LEVEL FLUCTUATION OF 2015 TO 2016

23

3.7 DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL CONTOUR MAP 25 3.8 DRAINAGE MAP OF STUDY AREA 27 3.9 SOIL SAMPLING PHOTOGRAPH 30 3.10 MAP SHOWING SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION 31 3.11 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 33 3.12 AIR SAMPLING PHOTOGRAPHS 34 3.13 MAP SHOWING AIR MONITORING SAMPLING LOCATION 35

3.14 GRAPH SHOWING AIR POLLUTANTS CONCENTRATION OF THE STUDY AREA (MARCH - MAY 2018) 38

3.15 MAP SHOWING WATER MONITORING SAMPLING LOCATION 40 3.16 GROUND SAMPLING PHOTOGRAPHS 43 3.17 NOISE SAMPLING PHOTOGRAPHS 45

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xv(Index)

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3.18 MAP SHOWING NOISE SAMPLING STATIONS 46 3.19 FOREST COVER MAP OF MADHYA PRADESH 47 3.20 PHOTOGRAPHS OF MAMMALS 63 3.21 PHOTOGRAPHS OF BUTTERFLIES 64 3.22 PHOTOGRAPHS OF AVES 65 3.23 TRANSPORTATION MAP OF STUDY AREA 74 4.1 GAUSSIAN PLUME MODEL 76 4.2 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 78 4.3 SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF PREDICTED GLCS OF PM10 80 4.4 SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF PREDICTED GLCS OF SO2 81 4.5 SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF PREDICTED GLCS OF NOX 82 7.1 Public Hearing Advertisement 99 7.2 Public Hearing Photographs 100 7.3 ONSITE DMP - DISASTER CONTROL / MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 141 7.4 Various Organizations Involved During Emergency 148

ABBREVIATIONS AAQM AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING APCD AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICESCPW Chlorinated Paraffin Wax CM CENTIMETER CPCB CENTRAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD DB DECIBEL DG DIESEL GENERATOR E EAST ECC EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE EIA ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT EMC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL EMP ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ENE EAST OF NORTH- EAST EPA ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCIES ESE EAST OF SOUTH EAST ETP EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT FCC FALSE COLOURCOMPOSITE GC GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY GIS GEOLOGICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xvi(Index)

GLC GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION GPS GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM H.N.P/L.N.P Heavy Normal Paraffin & Light Normal Paraffin HPLC HIGH PRESSURE LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY IPA ISO PROPYL ALCOHOL IMD INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT IRS INDIAN REMOTE SENSING SATELLITE ISCST INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX, SHORT TERMS ISO INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION OF STANDARDIZATION ISS INDIAN STANDARD SPECIFICATION KLD KILO LITER PER DAY KM KILOMETER KVA KILO VOLT AMPERE KW KILO WATT LISS LINEAR IMAGING SELF SCANNING SENSOR M METER M BGL METER BELOW GROUND LEVEL MG MILLIGRAM MOEF& CC MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT , FOREST & CLIMATE CHANGE MRL MEAN REFERENCE LEVEL MSMES MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES MT MILLION TONNE MTPA MILLION TONN S PER ANNUM N NORTH NE NORTH-EAST NH NATIONAL HIGHWAYNNE NORTH OF NORTH-EAST NNW NORTH OF NORTH-WEST NO2 NITROGEN DIOXIDESNTU NAPHELO TURBIDITY UNIT NW NORTH-WEST OHSAS OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY ASSESSMENT PPCB PUNJAB POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD PPE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT PPM PART PER MILLION PVT. PRIVATE R&R REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT RDS RESPIRABLE DUST SAMPLER

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | xvii(Index)

RPM RESPIRABLE PARTICULATE MATTER RSPM RESPIRABLE SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER SE SOUTH- EAST SEIAA STATE LEVEL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AUTHORITY SO2 SULPHUR-DI-OXIDE SOI SURVEY OF INDIA SOPS STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES SPCB STATE POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SPM SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER SSE SOUTH OF SOUTH-EAST SSW SOUTH OF SOUTH-WEST STP SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT TAC TRAFFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE TPA TONE PER HOUR TDS TOTAL DISSOLVE SOLID TOR TERMS OF REFERENCE TPH TONES PER HOUR TS TOTAL SOLID US EPA UNITED STATE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCIES UG/M3 MICRO GRAM PER METER CUBE W.E.F. WITH EFFECTIVE FROM W.R.T. WITH REFERENCE TO W/W WEIGHT BY WEIGHT WNW WEST OF NORTH-WEST WSW WEST OF SOUTH-WEST

P r o p o s e d C h l o r i n a t e d P a r a f f i n P l a s t i c i z e r U n i t b y M / s S w a s t i k C h l o r o f f i n L L P a t v i l l a g e A z i m a b a d P a r d i N a g d a , D i s t r i c t : U j j a i n , S t a t e : M a d h y a P r a d e s h

Final EIA/EMP Report

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | i(Index)

REVIEW AND REVISION HISTORY History of revisions of the present report:

Ta b l e I: Hi s tor y of th e Rev i s i ons S. No. Rev . Da te Mod i f i ca ti ons Rema r k s

1. Rev.00 Final 07.12.2018 FINAL EIA /EMP Report

Report has been prepared by Team Vardan and all the comments of reviewers have been incorporated in Final EIA/EMP report.

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Fi na l EIA

Ta b l e II: Recor d of Rev i ew Rev . Da te Des cr i p ti on Rev i ew - 1 Rev i ew - 2 Ap p r ov a l

Rev.00 6.12.2018 Final EIA /EMP Report

Mrs. Anuradha Sharma Mr. S.K. Sharma Mr. R.S. Yadav

- -

-

This Report has been prepared by Va r d a n Env i r oNet on behalf of and for the use of the M/ s Sw a s ti k Ch l or of f i n LLP with due consideration and sk ill as per our general terms and conditions of business and terms of agreement with M/ s Sw a s ti k Ch l or of f i n LLP

QCI-NABET Scheme for accreditation of EIA Consultant Organisations/Version 3/June 2015

DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT

ii

NABET Annex ur e – VII

Decl a r a ti on b y Ex p er ts contr i b uti ng to th e EIA of M/ s Sw a s ti k Ch l or of f i n LLP a t Vi l l a g e- Az i ma b a d Pa r d i Na g d a , Di s tr i ct: Uj j a i n, Sta te: Ma d h y a Pr a d es h

Decl a r a ti on b y Ex p er ts contr i b uti ng to th e EIA:

I, hereby, certify that I was part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Co- or d i na tor :

Na me : Mr . Muk es h k a p i l a

Si g na tur e & Da te :

Per i od of i nv ol v ement : February, 2018 – Till date

Conta ct i nf or ma ti on : D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok -III, Golf Course Extension Road, Gurugram (Haryana) Contact no : 9899651342 Email : vardanenviro165@ gmail.com Tea m Memb er : Mr. Anshul Yadav

Si g na tur e:

Functi ona l Ar ea Ex p er ts ( FAEs ) :

S. No. Functi ona l Ar ea s

Na me of th e ex p er t/ s

Inv ol v ement d ur i ng Ma r ch to Ma y 2018

Si g na tur e

1. AP FAE : Mr. S. K. Sharma FAA:Pank aj Kumar

a) Identifying the sources of Emissions and mitigation measures.b) Site-specific micro meteorology monitoring. C) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring. Impact predictions and mitigations.

d) Impact identification.

2. W P FAE : Mr. S. K. Sharma

a) selection of sampling locations b) Ground water quality monitoring and assessment, impacts on water environment

mailto:[email protected]



iii

FAA:Rak esh

and mitigations. c) Identification, characterization of effluent and treatments there of Water balance and conservation measures.

3. SHW FAE : Mr. S. K. Sharma

a) Identification of haz, solid waste generation, and their disposal and mitigation measure.

b) Recycling and disposal

4. SE FAE : Ms. Shilpa Mishra

a ) Determination of demographic profile including socio economy & livelihood b ) Assessing the changes in socio economic pattern c) Budget Allocation

5. EB FAE : Dr. Nitish Kumar

a) Biological environment status in respect of terrestrial faun and aquatic eco system b) Impact on ecological environment

6. HG FAE : Mr. R.S Yadav

a) Ground water resource assessment b) Impact on ground water potential and mitigation measures for avoiding Ground water contamination.

7. AQ FAE : Mr. Asif Hussain FAA:Mr. Nemi Chand

a) Processing of site- specific micro-meteorological data b) Collection and use of inversion / mixing Height data for modeling. c) Air dispersion modeling for prediction of GLCS due to PM1o, S02 and Nox



iv

8. NV FAE :

Mr. Asif Hussain

a) Analysis of ambient noise quality data b) Impact due to plant noise and abatement measures

9. LU FAE : Mr. Asif Hussain FAE: Mr. Ank ur Aggarwal

a) Analysis of data related to land use pattern Land use map development. c) Impact on land environment in respect to land form change

10. RH FAE: Mrs. Anuradha Sharma FAA: Pank aj Kumar

a) Identification of hazardous prone areas b) Environment risk evaluation c) On-site and Off-site emergency planning

11. SC FAE: Mr. S. K. Sharma

a) Monitoring, analysis Characterization of soil.

b) Assessment of impact on soi l quality and mitigation measure.



v

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, R.S. Yadav, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned case of M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team during the EIA study and Report preparation. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: R.S.Yadav

Designation: Managing Director



vi

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Vardan Environet, QCI/NABET Accredited Environment Consultancy

NABET Certificate No.& Issue date: NABET/EIA/1619/RA0037 issued on 28.03.2017 and valid upto 9.11.2019.

NABET CERTIFICATE

No.IA-J-11011/209/2018-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

27 Jul 2018

To,

M/s SWASTIK CHLOROFFIN L L P

4656/15, Jai Mata Market, Tri Nagar, Delhi,

North West-110035

Delhi

Tel.No.0124-4291036; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MP/IND2/75551/2018

2. Name of the Proposal:

Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit

by M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP at village

Azimabad Pardi, Nagda, District: Ujjain, State:

Madhya Pradesh

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 23 Jun 2018

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxviii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

F.No.IA- J- 11011/ 209/ 2018- IA- II ( I) M/ s SW ASTIK CHLOROFFIN L L P

Vi l l a g e: Az i ma b a d Pa r d i , Na g d a , Di s tr i ct: Uj j a i n, Sta te: Ma d h y a Pr a d es h

TERMS OF REFERENCE – STATUS OF COMPLIANCE

S. No

TOR Poi nt Acti on to b e ta k en W h i ch Ch a p ter ?

1 Ex ecuti v e Summa r y

Executive summary (maximum 8-10 sheets in A4 size paper) of the project covering project description, description of the environment, anticipated environmental impacts & its mitigation measures, environmental management plan, environmental monitoring program, public consultation, project benefits, Social impacts including R&R.

Executive Summary is attached as Annex ur e I.

Na me of th e comp a ny

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP

Ca p i ta l cos t of Pr oj ect

Rs. 950 Lak hs

Cos t f or EMP

Initial cost is 37 Lak hs and recurring cost 12.5 lak hs/annum

Cos t of CSR

19 Lak hs

Cos t of OH& S

1 lak h/annum

Annex ur e I

2 Intr od ucti on



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxix (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

I. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Vardan EnviroNet is an accredited organization by Quality Council of India/NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0037 and NABET accreditation certificate incorporated in the EIA.

Annex ur e VIII

II. Information about the project proponent Applicant: Mr. Jitesh Kumar Mobile no: 09311264097 Mail id: jiteshnenwani@ swastik plasticizer.com

Ch a p ter 1, i tem no 1.1.2 , p a g e no 1

III. Importance and benefits of the project. Details of importance and benefits of the project are incorporated in the EIA.

Gi v en i n Ch a p ter 1

3 Pr oj ect Des cr i p ti on

I. Cost of project and time of completion. a) Total Cost – 950 Lak hs b) The proposed expansion project will be

executed with in 18 month after grant of Environment Clearance.

Ch a p ter 2, ta b l e no 2.7, p a g e no 14

II. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

a) Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer 18000 MTPA

b) By product HCL- 36000MTPA

Ch a p ter 2, ta b l e no 2.1 , p a g e no 6

III. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Not applicable

IV. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

1. Chlorine (24000 MT per year) Sour ce: Purchase from Grasim Industry

Ch a p ter 2, ta b l e 2.6.1 p a g e no 10



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxx (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

through 100m pipeline 2. H.N.P./N.P./L.N.P./L.P. (7200 MTPA, Phase I

& II) Sour ce: nearby mark et through tank ersrail and By road.

V. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

No other chemicals are required

VI. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Details are incorporated in the EIA report.

Ch a p ter - 2, i tem no. 2.9.1, 2.9.2, 2.9.3 & 2.9.4 p a g e no. 15

VII. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)


Ch a p ter 2, i tem no 2.8.1, 2.8.2 & 2.8.3 p a g e no

Annex ur e II, p a g e no 13

VIII. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided

Complete details of equipments and machineries with capacity are incorporated in EIA.

Process flow diagram is Attached in Chapter 2

Ch a p ter 2 , i tem no 2.7 , p a g e no 11

IX. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems are incorporated in the EIA.

Ch a p ter 7, i tem no 7.2.2.1, p a g e no 118

X. Expansion/modernization proposals: New

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments there to obtained for the project from

Not Applicable,

The proposed project is Greenfield project.



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxi (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not tak ing EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not applicable,

The proposed project is Greenfield project.



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

4 Si te Deta i l s

I. Location of the project site covering village, Taluk a/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered

Village – Azimabad Pardi, Tehsil – Nagda, District – Ujjain, State - Madhya Pradesh.


Ch a p ter 1, i tem no 1.2, p a g e no 1

II. A Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10k m and site location on 1: 50,000/1: 25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Toposheet no. F43D6, F43D7, F43D10 & F43D11. Topographical map of 10 k m buffer area is incorporated in the EIA.

Ch a p ter 1, Fi g ur e 1.1 , p a g e no 4

III. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Gi v en i n ch a p ter 2

IV. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Long i tud e La ti tud e 75° 24’ 47.1”E 23° 26’ 13.1”N 75° 24’ 48.7”E 23° 26’ 12.8”N 75° 24’ 48.5”E 23° 26’ 10.0”N 75° 24’ 47.5”E 23° 26’ 09.9”N

V. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site is incorporated in the EIA.

Ch a p ter 2, f i g ur e 2.2 p a g e no 8

VI. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout maps of proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. are incorporated in the EIA.

Not Applicable

Ch a p ter 2, f i g ur e 2.3, p a g e no 9



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxiii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

VII. Photographs of the proposed (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of the proposed plant site are given in EIA report.

Ch a p ter 2, Fi g ur e 2.4, p a g e no 10

VIII. Land use break -up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)


Ch a p ter 2 p a g e No. 13

IX. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10k m radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 k m radius).

S.No. Industry 1. Grasim Industry

Land is already acquired by Project Proponent. CLU (Change of land use) for the project site was obtained.

La nd us e a tta ch ed a s Annex ur e III

X. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are incorporated in the EIA.

Ch a p ter 3, p a g e no 21

XI. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5k m radius of study area. If the site is within 1 k m radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and

Drainage map of study area is incorporated in the EIA.

There is no major river within 1 k m radius of the project site. The Proposed project is Greenfield project.

Chambal River – 1.5 Km in West

Ch a p ter 3, f i g ur e no 3.8, p a g e no 27



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxiv (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Banbana Pond- 2.9 Km in NE

XII. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is

not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land is already acquired by Project Proponent. CLU (Change of land use) for the project site was obtained.

(Change of land use) Document asAnnex ur e III.

The land documents are attached as Annex ur e IV.

XIII R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

No R&R requirement as it was open agriculture land and converted to industrial land.

5 For es t a nd w i l d l i f e r el a ted i s s ues ( i f a p p l i ca b l e) :

I. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable

II. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland ( i n c a s e o f p r o j e c t s i n v o l v i n g f o r e s t l a n d m o r e t h a n 4 0 h a )

Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site is incorporated in EIA.

III. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted

Not Applicable



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxv (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

IV. The projects to be located within 10 k m of the National Park s, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à -vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

There is no Bio-sphere Reserve, National Park s,

Wildlife Sanctuary, Tiger Reserve and Elephant

Reserve within 10 k m radius of the project site.

V. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Only one species i.e., Pavo Cristatus is found in

the study area from the Schedule I under wildlife

protection Act 1972


VI. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable

6 Env i r onmenta l Sta tus

I. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Temperature was found to be in range of 26 to 41OC, where as relative humidity was in range of 26 to 31% . The predominant wind direction during the study period was found to be WNW followed by NE with the wind speed ranging from 2.5 to 5.2 m/s. The Annual Normal Rainfall in the area is 914.5 mm /yr.




Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxvi (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

II. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and tak e into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Ambient Air Quality monitoring and its subsequent parameter analysis during the summer season at eight locations were carried out as per the CPCB and IS: 5182 guidelines/methods. The locations were selected based on wind direction and wind speed frequency (IMD data) in accordance with the distance relative to project site.

Detailed Air Monitoring Lab report is attached as Annex ur e- VII.

Annex ur e VII

III. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 week s of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the minimum & maximum concentrations of PM10 for all the 08 AAQM stations were found to be 66.4 µ g/m3 and 95.1 µ g/m3 respectively, while for PM2.5 it vary between 32.2 µ g/m3 and 80.3 µ g/m3.

Annex ur e VII

IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Selection of surface water is based on the guidelines of CPCB/MoEF&CC. The analyzed data is incorporated in EIA.

Summarized analysis results of surface water is given below.

Annex ur e VII



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxvii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

V. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details

Not applicable

VI. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water sampling was carried out in villages nearby to the project site within the study area during summer season.

Annex ur e VII

VII. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Selection of noise location within the 3 k m study area.

Annex ur e VII

VIII. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. The soil sampling locations were based on the land use pattern of the study area.

Annex ur e VII

IX. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, park ing arrangement etc.

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Ch a p ter 3 , i tem no 3.11, p a g e no 67

X. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial

and aquatic) existing in the study area is

incorporated in EIA.

Ch a p ter 3, i tem no 3.11, p a g e no 67

XI. Socio-economic status of the study area. Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Ch a p ter 3, i tem no 3.10, p a g e no 63



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxviii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

7 Imp a ct a nd Env i r onment Ma na g ement Pl a n

I. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

The project is not located on a hilly terrain. Air quality Modelling has been done for

determining cumulative impact of all sources of

emission. U.S. EPA AERMOD dispersion model,

1996 – 2018 Lak es Environmental Software,

Version 9.5.0 has been used to predict the air

quality.

Results:

The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of PM10 wiz. 95.10 ug/m 3 was predicted inside the study area. As the distance from source increases, the incremental concentration of PM10 drops drastically due to settling of PM10 particles under gravity.

The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of SO2 wiz. 18. 632 ug/m 3 was predicted inside the study area.

The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of NOx wiz. 56.630 ug/m 3 was predicted inside the study area.

Annex ur e VII

II. Water Quality modelling - in case of



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xxxix (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

discharge in water body

III. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment Shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyorcum-rail transport shall be examined.


Ch a p ter 3 , i tem no 3.11, p a g e no 129 to 132

IV. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

V. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. ch a p ter 4, p a g e no 77

VI. Measures for fugitive emission control Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Ch a p ter 10

VII. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

Used oil from machineries/D.G. Set will be carefully stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by Central Pollution Control Board for the treatment of the same. Suitable care will be tak en so that spills / leak s of used oil from storage could be avoided

Ch a p ter 2, , p a g e no 12



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xl (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation

VIII. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Not Applicable

IX. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

33% of total area as per MoEF stipulated norms will be developed as the green belt. The total plot 0.73 Ha. under present project is about Acre and thus a total of 0.24 Ha. (33% ) area will utilize under green belt development.


X. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Gi v en i n Ch a p ter - 4 Pa g e no. 88

XI. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Ch a p ter 10, Ta b l e-10.2., p a g e no 160

XII. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted

A detailed monitoring of emissions and effluent sources for different environmental parameters will be carried out as per the present norms and any further notification / direction from State

Ch a p ter - 6



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xli (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

Pollution Control Board (SPCB), Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and MoEF&CC. Monitoring methodologies will follow standard methods prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) etc.

Online monitoring station is already installed in the industry and the online monitoring station is Enclosed in the EIA

XIII. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be link ed with District Disaster Management Plan

Disaster management plan are prepared with an aim of tak ing precautionary step to control the hazard propagation, avert disaster, tak e action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum and follow the on-site & off-site emergency planning.

Ch a p ter 7, Pa g e no. 140

8 Occup a ti ona l h ea l th

I. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual work ers

Budget of Rs 1 l a k h / a nnum for Occupational Health and Safety for EMP are incurred by Project Proponent.

II. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of work er. If the work ers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give

Enclosed in the EIA. Not Applicable.

Ch a p ter 8



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xlii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department Wise

III. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL).If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to k eep them within PEL so that health of the work ers can be preserved,

Enclosed in the EIA. Safety Policy by the project proponent is attached as Annex ur e X

Ch a p ter 7, Annex ur e X

IV. Annual report of heath status of work ers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Enclosed in the EIA.

Sa f ety Pol i cy i s a tta ch ed a s Annex ur e X i n EIA EMP Rep or t

9 Cor p or a te Env i r onment Pol i cy

I. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Environment Policy is attached with EIA report as Annex ur e XI

Annex ur e XI

II. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement /

YesAll the Environmental policy is followed for SOPs and procedures so that any violation regarding

Ch a p ter 10

Pa g e No. 135



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xliii (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

environmental or forest norms will be avoided. For that scheduled internal audits and management review meeting is done.

III. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given

Hierarchical system of the company is mentioned in EIA report.

Ch a p ter 10

Pa g e No. 135

IV. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stak eholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

The system of reporting of Non-conformances/ violation of any Environmental Law/Policy will be as per quality management system. The internal audit will be conducted on periodic basis and any Non-conformances/ violation to Environmental Law/Policy will be closed and discussed during Management Review Meetings of board of directors/partners and Environment Policy for this is attached as Annex ur e XII.

Annex ur e XII,

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual work ers including truck drivers during operation phase

NA

11 Enter p r i s e Soci a l Commi tment ( ESC)

i) Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the Rs. 19 lak h has been earmark ed for the Enterprise Ch a p ter 8,



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xliv (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

project cost) shall be earmark ed towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Social Commitment (ESC) to meet expenditures of CSR activities incorporated in the EIA

Pa g e No. 131

12 Any l i ti g a ti on p end i ng a g a i ns t th e p r oj ect a nd / or a ny d i r ecti on/ or d er p a s s ed b y a ny Cour t of La w a g a i ns t th e p r oj ect, i f s o, d eta i l s th er eof s h a l l a l s o b e i ncl ud ed . Ha s th e uni t r ecei v ed a ny noti ce und er th e Secti on 5 of Env i r onment ( Pr otecti on) Act, 1986 or r el ev a nt Secti ons of Ai r a nd W a ter Acts ? If s o, d eta i l s th er eof a nd comp l i a nce/ ATR to th e noti ce( s ) a nd p r es ent s ta tus of th e ca s e.

NA

13 ' A ta b ul a r ch a r t w i th i nd ex f or p oi nt w i s e comp l i a nce of a b ov e TOR.

Complied

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEF

I. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control

Not Applicable

II. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Details are incorporated in the EIA report. Ch a p ter - 2, Pa g e no. 15.

III. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* lik e NH3* , chlorine* , HCl* , HBr* , H2S* ,

The result are incorporated in the EIA and Air result are attached as Annex ur e VII

Annex ur e VI



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xlv (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

HF* ,etc.,(* -as applicable)IV. Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals ------

V. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting ' Zero' liquid discharge

After neutralization with Caustic Soda the effluent will be used for Greenbelt.

VI. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

I. Wet Scrubber system shall be installed to control the odour generated & to control the emission.

II. Proper housek eeping. III. Spraying of Anti Odorous Chemicals

wherever required. IV. Use of Personal Protective Equipments

lik e; nose mask s, googles for individuals work ing in Plant Area.

V. Green belt will be maintained to control the odour problem; About 33% of the total area is under the green cover.

VII. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated

Not Applicable

VIII. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Not Applicable as effluent will not generated from the project hence ETP is not required

IX. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

Not Applicable.



Document N0.2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page xlvi (ToR compliance) Consultant-M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec.57 Gurgaon, Haryana

X. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used

Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals are attached as Annex ur e X

Annex ur e X

XI. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

Authorization letter for the Disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

Annex ur e

XII. Details of incinerator if to be installed Not Applicable

XIII. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents and Action plan for handling & safety system is incorporated in the EIA.

Ch a p ter 7

XIV. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of work ers engaged in handling of toxic materials

Various arrangements have been made for ensuing the health and safety of work er engaged in handling of toxic materials are mention in the EIA report.

Ch a p ter 7



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Fi na l EIA Page | 1 (Chapter-1)

CHAPTER - 1 INTRODUCTION

1.0 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, as amended from time to time; it is mandatory to have the Environmental Clearance for any new industry or the expansion of the industry from Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, New Delhi for which EIA is required be conducted as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The purpose of this report is to assess the environmental impacts due to proposing manufacturing Unit at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh.

1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1.1.1 Pr oj ect Deta i l s M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP is proposing to set up manufacturing Unit with production capacity of 18000 MTPA of Chlorinated paraffin plasticizer in Phase I &II is & Hydrochloric Acid (by product) is 36000 MTPA at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh. The project is established over an area of approx. 0.73 Ha. The proposed project is manufacturing Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and its byproducts i.e. HCL, Chlorine, H.N.P/N.P/L.N.P/L.P and sodium hypochlorite. The number of work ing days is upto 300 days.

Scr eeni ng Ca teg or y The proposed project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 5(f) as project falls in outside the Industrial area and the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry 2) of MoEF&CC has issued Standard ToR for the proposed project v i d e f i l e No. No.IA- J- 11011/ 209/ 2018- IA- II( I) on dated 27th July 2018. 1.1.2 Id enti f i ca ti on of Pr oj ect Pr op onent Applicant: Mr. Jitesh Kumar (Partner) Address: 603, Naveen Apartment Sainik Vihar, Pitampura, Delhi Mobile no: 9311264097 Mail id: acconts@ swastik plastcizer.com

1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZ E, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT Brief description about the nature, size and location of the project is given in Ta b l e - 1.1.

Ta b l e- 1.1 Pr oj ect a nd Env i r onmenta l Setti ng s S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Deta i l s

1. Na tur e a nd s i z e of th e Pr oj ect M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP is Proposing Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit with capacity of production of Chlorinated paraffin plasticizer in Phase I &II is 18000 MTPA & Hydrochloric Acid (by product) is 36000 MTPA.

2. Loca ti on d eta i l s

mailto:[email protected]




S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Deta i l s Village /Town/Plot No. Azimabad Pardi Tehsil Nagda District Ujjain State Madhya Pradesh Latitude and Longitude 230 26’ 11.4” N and Longitude 750 24’ 50.0” E

Toposheet No. F43D6, F43D7, F43D10 & F43D11

3. Ar ea Deta i l s Total Project Area 0.73Ha.

4. Env i r onmenta l Setti ng Deta i l s ( w i th a p p r ox i ma te a er i a l d i s ta nce a nd d i r ecti on f r om th e p r oj ect s i te)

Nearest major settlement Nagda town – 3.5 Km in North

Nearest City Nagda town – 3.5 Km in North

Nearest Highway SH- 17, 2.8 Km in NE Nearest Railway Station Nagda Jn. Railway station- 2.1 Km in North

Nearest Airport Indore Airport- 88 Km in SE National Park s/ Wild Life Sanctuaries/ Biosphere Reserves/RF and PF within 10k m radius

There is no National Park and Biosphere Reserve within 10 Km radius.No RF/PF within the 10 KM of the project site.

Nearest Water Bodies Chambal River – 1.5 Km in West Banbana Pond- 2.9 Km in NE

Nearest Post office Nagda Post Office- 3.2 Km in North Nearest School Aditya Birla High School – 1.6 Km in North

Nearest Hospital Indubhai Parek h Hospital - 3 Km in NW Defense Installations No defence installation within 10 k m area. Seismic Zone Zone II S o u r c e - a s p e r I S 1 8 9 3 – 2 0 0 2

5. Cos t Deta i l s Project Cost Rs. 950 Lak hs

6. Ba s i c Req ui r ements of th e Pr oj ect

Water requirement 93 KLD Manpower 18




S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Deta i l s

Power requirement &

Supply / Source

190 KW (Source-Madhya Pradesh Electricity board) D.G. sets of capacity 280 KVA

Running Days 300 days Plant area is superimposed on Toposheet (OSM No.) of survey of India and same has been furnished here in the Fi g ur e 1.1.




Fi g ur e 1.1 Stud y Ar ea Ma p – 10 K M Ra d i us a r ound th e Pr oj ect Si te




1.3 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGIONChlorinated Paraffin Wax (CPW) plasticizer is a secondary plasticizer used in fresh and reprocessed P.V.C. formulation for P.V.C. Cables, Footwear, Toys, and PVC Pipes, Flexible PVC Articles, PVC Flooring and number of other items lik e lubricant, gask et sheet, Paints and Impregnating textiles. Consumption of CPW on all India bases is approx. 35000 MT I Month out of which 15000 MT is used in Delhi itself and about 8000 MT is export CPW is secondary plasticizer and it is produced from H.N.P/L.N.P/N.P./LR 2030 and Chlorine Gas in exothermic reaction in lead glass line. Although earlier CPW used to be processed from wax but now, it is processed from H.N.P/L.N .PIN .P hence it can be called as C.H.N.PI Chlorinated Paraffin Also. The proposed plant will play an important role in upliftment of the socio economic condition of the region particularly nearby villages. Dema nd s - Sup p l y Ga p The project is envisaged to meet the demand supply gap in the domestic mark et, as the gap is created due to increase in growth of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer. Emp l oy ment g ener a ti on d ue to th e p r oj ect It is estimated that total 18 persons will be required for the proposed project during operation phase I & II. Direct employment is also lik ely to be generated with the proposed project which will be economically beneficial for the development. 1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

Preparation of EIA report complying with the conditions in ToR given by EAC, MoEF&CC.

Collecting baseline data on different environmental parameters for the period from March 2018 to May 2018.

Impact assessment and suggestion of mitigation measures to minimize the impacts. Preparation of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan. Primary data generation for preparing Draft EIA/ EMP Report. To present the results of EIA/EMP report during the public consultation. Preparation of Final EIA/EMP report incorporating the issues raised in the Public Consultation

and the reply of the proponent/consultant to these issues. Submission and presentation of salient features of EIA/EMP report to the EAC for getting

Environmental Clearance.


FIN AL EIA/EMP Report

Document No. 2018_VI_00001_FINAL EIA Page | 6 (Chapter-2)

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sep, 2006, as amended from time to time; the project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 5(f). The Project was applied to MoEF&CC

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT With increase in demand in the mark et partner has decided to install new CPW plant at Nagda (M.P)

adjacent to Grasim Industries Ltd. (a unit of Aditya Birla). Grasim Industries is manufacturer of Caustic

Soda and produces Chlorine as byproduct and chlorine.

Byproduct Chlorine from Grasim Industries can be used for Chlorination of Paraffin Oil to produce CPP

(Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer).

Due to local availability of raw material it is decided to setup CPW plant adjacent to Grasim Industries

Boundry, Nagda where Chlorine will be supplied through pipe line and sniff gas will be treated by

Grasim. Agreement of chlorine supply and sniff gas treatment has already been finalized with Grasim

Industries Ltd. Supply through pipeline will ensure transport cost saving and safety also (Agreement

copy is attached as Annex ur e II)

2.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT ( MAPS SHOW ING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, PROJECT

BOUNDARY AND PROJECT SITE LAYOUT)

The Location map, Google imaginary, and Plant Layout map are shown below as Fi g . 2.1, Fi g . 2.2, Fi g . 2.3

& Fi g . 2.4

2.4 SIZ E OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP is proposing to setup a manufacturing unit of Chlorinated Paraffin

Plasticizer with the capacity of production of 18000 MTPA and byproduct HCL with the capacity of

36000MTPA at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh.




Fi g ur e 2.1 Loca ti on of th e Pr oj ect




Fi g ur e 2.2: Goog l e Ima g e of p r oj ect Si te




Fi g ur e 2.3 La y out Pl a n




Fi g : 2.4 Ph otog r a p h s of Pr op os ed Pl a nt

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 23.06.2018 Submission of Form-1/PFR 27.07.2018 TOR issued from MoEF&CC 20.08.2018 Submission of Draft EIA to MoEF&CC 12.11.2018 Public Hearing 06.12.2018 Final EIA Submission to MoEF&CC

Note: The operation phase will be of around 18 month’ s duration after getting necessary statutory approvals. The implementation of the project will be tak en up after receipt of Consent to establish from MoEF&CC and Environmental clearance from the EAC.

2.6 Req ui r ements f or th e Pr oj ect The number of work ing days for proposed capacity can be up to 300 d a y s for plant.

2.6.1 Ra w Ma ter i a l Req ui r ement Ta b l e 2.1: Ra w Ma ter i a l Req ui r ement

S. No.

Pa r ti cul a r Q ua nti ty Sour ce of th e Ra w Ma ter i a l & Mod e of Tr a ns p or ta ti on

1. Chlorine 24000 MTPA Will be sourced from Grasim Industries and supplied through pipe




line 2. H.N.P/N.P/L.N.P/L.P 7200 MTPA Will be purchased from local mark et

2.7 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The process description of production by using HCL as raw materials is as follows:

A. Ma nuf a ctur i ng p r oces s & f l ow d i a g r a m Heavy Normal Paraffin/Normal Paraffin/ Normal Paraffin/ L.R.2030 are saturated alk ane of hydrocarbon chain C9-C18 and are commercially available from M/s Reliance Industries Ltd. Patalganga Maharashtra M/s Tamil Nadu Petro Products Ltd. Madras Imported we purchase the same from local mark et at mark et rate.

This H.N.P/N.P/L.N.P/L.P 2030 is brought in tank ers and unloaded in storage tank and with pump, is sent to Meltor and heated H.N.P/N.P is sent in to jack eted reactor through chlorine header and from header to vaporizer wherein pressure and flow rates are measured and sent to reactor.

CnHn+ 2Cl2 = CnHnCl2+ 2HCl+ Heat.

1 MT HNP + 3.5MT of Chlorine + 3.6 H2O = 2.6 Mt CPW + 5.4 MT HCl + 0.14 MT waste. 0.14 MT of 3.5 MT of Cl2 is approx 1% of chlorine which is neutralized with sodium hypo and this sodium hypo have commercial value and sold in mark et.

HCl fumes goes to separator buffer S.N where vapor form of N.P/H.N.P is condensed and drained out for future use. HCl gas is passed on circulating water or dilutes HCl in graphite absorbers.

HCl+ H2O= = = = = HCl + Heat.

Graphite absorbers are cooled with water and hot water is sent to cooling tower and is reused. Gases from absorber are sent to bubbling tank . The diluted acid of bubbling tank is used as fresh refill for circulating tank . HCl is stored in HCl storage tank for sale. Gases from bubbling tank are sent to waste gas storage system and from waste gas storage to sodium hypo chlorite plant or to lime neutralization system. The reaction on reactor is exothermic and temperature is controlled by circulating water from cooling tower the temperature of process varies from 60° C to 120° C & gradually increases by controlling chlorine feed rate. CPW thus processed of 1.4 is clear by compressed air initially in reactor and subsequently in degasser. Epoxy plasticizer at rate of 8 Kg per Ton of CPW is added for Neutralization of remaining HCl fumes. CPW thus cleaned is pack ed in 250 Kg. PVC cans with weighing scale. Use of Epoxy Plasticizer depends on presence of untreated HCL Fumes.




Fi g . 2.6 Fl ow Di a g r a m of Ma nuf a ctur i ng Pr oces s ( B) Deta i l s r eg a r d i ng th e D.G. Sets : A D.G. set of capacity 280 KVA is proposed as the back up power supply. Details regarding the D.G. Set are mentioned in the table given below:

Ta b l e: 2.2 Deta i l s r eg a r d i ng th e D.G. Sets S. No. Pa r ti cul a r Pr op os ed

1. No. of DG sets 1

2. Type of Fuel HSD

3. Capacity 280 KVA

4. Stack Height As per CPCB/SPCB norms




2.8. Av a i l a b i l i ty of W a ter , i ts Sour ce, Ener g y / Pow er Req ui r ement a nd Sour ce 2.8.1 W a ter Req ui r ement

Ta b l e 2.3: W a ter Cons ump ti on Deta i l of Pr op os ed Pl a nt

S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Pr op os ed

1. Domestic Water 3 KLD

2. Industrial Water 90 KLD

Tota l 93 K LD Sour ce: Ground water will be used through Bore well. NOC obtained from CGWA for abstraction of 93 KLD water for proposed plant. 2.8.2 Pow er

Ta b l e 2.4: Pow er Req ui r ement S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Deta i l s Sour ce

1 Power Requirement for proposed plant

190 KW Sour ce: the Power will be supplied from Madhya Pradesh Electricity Board

2.8.3 Ma np ow er Req ui r ement It is estimated that total 18 persons are required to ensure smooth work ing of the plant. Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation. The summary of direct employment estimate for the project is given in the table below:

Ta b l e 2.5 Ma np ow er Req ui r ement Des cr i p ti on

Ma np ow er

1 Manager 2 2 EHS Officer 2 3 Clerk 1 1 4 Plant operators 3 3 5 Plant Helpers 3 3

Tota l 18

2.8.4 La nd Req ui r ement Total land required of the proposed project shall be 0.73 Ha.

Ta b l e 2.6 La nd Req ui r ement S. No. Land Use Utilization AREA ( Ha .)

1. Green belt Area 0.241 2. Open Land 0.2343. Road/ Paved Area 0.099 4. Rooftop area of building/sheds/Plant Area 0.155

Tota l 0.73




2.8.5 Pr oj ect Cos t Ta b l e 2.7 Pr oj ect Cos t

ITEM 1s t p h a s e 2nd Ph a s e TOTAL PROJECT COST

LAND DEVLOP. 20.00 10.00 30.00 SITE DEVLOP. 50.00 10.00 60.00 BUILDING 90.00 10.00 100.00

PLANT MACHINERY AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

430.00 310.00 740.00

OTHER ASSETS 10.00 10.00 PRE OPERATIVE AND PRELIMANARY EXP 7.00 3.00 10.00

TOTAL 607.00 343.00 950.00

2.8.6 As s es s ment of Inf r a s tr uctur e d ema nd

Ta b l e 2.8 PLANT & MACHINERY S No Item Q ty . Q ty . Sup p l i er

Ph a s e 1 Ph a s e 2 1 Reactor 4 4 Swiss Glasscoator Imported 2 Evaporator 1 1 Technofabor Open Mark et 3 Graphite Block 2 2 Graphicarb Engineers 4 H N P Storage Tank 6 4 Self Made, Material from Open

Mark et 5 Electrical

Installation & Fitting Open Mark et

6 HCL Storage Tank 6 4 Self Made, Material Open MKT. 7 Pipe Line ( MS &

FIBER) Open Mark et

8 Process Tank 4 4 Self Made 9 Compressor 2 2 Quotation from Open MKT

10 HCL Pump &Motors 6 6 Quotation from Open MKT 11 Pollution Control

Equipment &Fire Fighting Equipment

2 1 Quotation from Open MKT

12 Generator Set 300 HP With Fitting

1 Quotation from Open MKT

13 Cooling Tower 1 1 Open Mark et 14 Hoist 1 Open Mark et 15 Valves and Fitting Open Mark et 16 Pre Operative




2.9 SOURCE OF POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES 2.9.1 Ai r Pol l uti on: Proposed Air pollution control system will limit the free chlorine is 3mg/nm3 (1 PPM) in ambient air. These are as per pollution control board norms, factory act and Ministry of Environment Notification dated 29-10-1989.

CONTROL OF HCL FUMES AND CHLORINE GAS: -

Plant will install 25 f eet b l ock cond ens er of g r a p h i te b l ock and cool er s of g r a p h i te b l ock for control of HCL fumes. HCL vapor gas from reactor is passed on to s ep a r a tor l ea d i ng to s ep a r a tor to g r a p h i te b l oc a b s or b er . Conversion of HCL gas into HCL involves generation of heat. Water is circulated for control of this heat from cooling tower. It is observed that absorption of gas in to liquid HCL is maximum below 55° C of temperature at absorbers is k ept below 55° C.

HCL Vapor + H2O = HCL (Liquid) + Heat

Two absorbers are employed in series so that entire HCL gases are converted into HCL liquid. The outlet of absorber No. 2 is sent to bubbling tank where in cold water is k ept ready and by bubbling and by bubbling further HCL gas is converted in dilute HCL Acid. The gases from reactor consist of HCL gases and approx 3% untreated chlorine. HCL gases are almost absorbed in graphite absorbers block s 1 & 2 and balance if any, in bubbling tank .

Chlorine is only slightly soluble in water when it reacts with pure water, a weak solution of hydrochloric and hydrochlorous acid is formed. Hydrochlorous acid further dissociates to HCL and nascent oxygen. Non reacted chlorine from each bubbling tank is sent in inverted dome covered floating vessel in pit where in chlorine is stored and sent for sodium hypo formation or neutralization.

Neutr a l i z a ti on of w a s te ch l or i ne g a s w i th s cr ub b er : - Excess waste gas is treated by two power full water scrubber free HCL fumes and free oil Particles are stored in FRP tank later on oil particles and HCL is separated and oil particles is sent to HNP storage tank and HCL is transferred to HCL storage tank .

Additional safety measures: To ensure 0% pollution, any residual gas if any from above two processes will be sent to Grassim Industries through suction mechanism, where this will be treated with sodium hypo for commercial use.

2.9.2 Q ua nti ty of w a s te to b e g ener a ted ( Li q ui d a nd s ol i d ) a nd s ch eme f or th ei r ma na g ement. Pr oces s w a s te As per present scheme, 1117 aprox. Process waste will be generated shall be stored and disposed off at Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) approved by Pollution Control Board. W a ter env i r onment Water requirement will be satisfied from bore-well. The total fresh water requirement will be 93 KLD that will be required for domestic, Cooling (mak e up), washing and scrubbing purpose and gardening purpose. Wastewater generation from the industrial activities will be nill. Waste water generated through scrubbing purpose will be stored in proper storage tank s & Domestic effluent will be disposed off into soak pit through septic tank .




W a ter b a l a nce d i a g r a m

2.9.3 Noi s e Pol l uti on There is no danger of noise pollution from plant. The green belt will (plantation of dense trees across the boundary) help in reducing noise levels in proposed plant as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations, and transportation. • Earmuffs would be used while running the equipments of the plant. • D.G sets are provided with acoustic to control the noise level within the prescribed limit. • A high standard of maintenance will be practiced for plant machinery and equipments, which helps

to avert potential noise problems.

2.10 Des cr i p ti on of Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur e Incor p or a ted i n to th e Pr oj ect to meet Env i r onmenta l Sta nd a r d , Env i r onmenta l Op er a ti ng Cond i ti ons or oth er EIA Req ui r ements

Following mitigation measures will be adopted by Swastik Chloroffin LLP to minimize the impact of project on the surrounding environment:

S. No. Pa r ti cul a r s Mi ti g a ti on mea s ur es to b e a d op ted 1 Ai r Env i r onment Plant will install 25 feet block condenser of graphite block and coolers of

graphite block for control of HCL fumes. HCL vapor gas from reactor is passed on separator and from separator to graphite bloc absorber. Present air pollution control system proposed will limit free chlorine is 3mg/nm3 (1PPM) in ambient air.

2 W a ter Env i r onment There will be no waste water discharge from the plant. Zero discharge shall be maintained after the proposed expansion.

3 Sol i d / Ha z a r d ous W a s te Env i r onment

As per present scheme, 1117 aprox. Process waste will be generated, shall be stored and disposed off at Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) approved by Pollution Control Board. Used oil from




machineries/D.G. Set will be carefully stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by Central Pollution Control Board for the treatment of the same. Suitable care will be tak en so that spills / leak s of used oil from storage could be avoided.

4 Noi s e Env i r onment There is no danger of noise pollution from plant. The green belt will (plantation of dense trees across the boundary) help in reducing noise levels in proposed plant as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations, and transportation.

5 Od our ma na g ement • Proper housek eeping. • Spraying of Anti Odorous Chemicals wherever required. • Use of Personal Protective Equipments lik e; nose mask s,

googles for individuals work ing in Plant Area.



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Fi na l EIA Pa g e | 17 ( Ch a p ter - 3)

CHAPTER- 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION The main objectives of describing the environment, which may be potentially affected, are

(i) to assess present environmental quality and the environmental impacts and (ii) to identify environmentally significant factors. The chapter contains information on existing

environmental scenario of the proposed project study area. 3.1 STUDY AREA AND PERIOD Various environmental parameters study has been done within 10 Km radius area of the proposed project site. The study area map is given in Fi g ur e 2.2 i n Ch a p ter 2. The air, water, soil and noise sampling locations map have been presented in this chapter. The baseline environmental study has been done for the period of 1stMarch to 31stMay 2018, as per ToR Letter also provided as well as secondary data also collected from different sources. Baseline data has been collected out during the1st March to 31st May 2018, b y M/ s . Va r d a n Env i r ol a b , Gur g a on { NABL Accr ed i ted La b , Cer ti f i ca te No. TC- 6299, MOEF& CC NO. S.O. 1783 ( E) d a ted 18.09.2017( Cer ti f i ca te encl os ed a s Annex ur e III) } in accordance with the Guidelines for EIA issued by the Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change, Govt. of India and CPCB, New Delhi. The impact identification always commences with the collection of baseline data such as Ambient Air Quality, Micro-Meteorology, Ground and Surface Water Quality, Noise levels, Soil Quality, Land use pattern, Biological Environment and Socio-economic aspects, Solid and Hazardous waste, Risk Assessment, Geology and Hydrology within the study zone of 10 Km. radius. 3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS To achieve the objectives of ToR, Vardan EnviroNet team members(EIA-Coordinator & FAE’ S) visited the study and monitored the environmental parameters accordance with the Guidelines for EIA, issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India. The component of the study is given below: • Air Environment • Air Quality and Meteorology • Water Environment • Soil Environment • Noise Environment • Land Use and Land Cover • Hydrogeology • Geology • Solid and Hazardous Waste • Risk Assessment • Ecology and Biodiversity • Socio-economic Environment




3.3 LAND USE AND LAND COVER 3.3.1 Da ta Col l ecti on Meth od ol og y The baseline information on micro-meteorology, ambient air quality, water quality, noise levels, soil quality and floristic descriptions are largely drawn from the data generated by M/ s Va r d a n Env i r o La b , Gurgaon (NABL Accredited and MoEF&CC Recognized Lab). Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest IMD station, Indore was also collected. Micrometeorological data at site was recorded using automatic weather station. Apart from these, secondary data have been collected from Census Handbook , Revenue Records, Statistical Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries Centre, Forest Department, Central Ground Water Authority, etc. 3.3.2 La nd Us e Pa tter n of th e Stud y a r ea 3.3.3Da ta Us ed : United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Land sat 8 cloud free data has been used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-spectral digital data has been used for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India reference map on 1: 50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric correction of satellite data. Ground truthing has been carried out to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which cannot be obtained directly on satellite imagery. 3.3.4 Meth od ol og y : The methodology used for the study consists of following components. Meth od ol og y Ad op ted f or Th ema ti c Da ta Ex tr a cti on f r om th e Sa tel l i te Ima g er i es ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the project. ERDAS 10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. Methodology Used for Land use Classification and Mapping is presented in Fi g ur e 3.1

Fi g ur e 3.1: Meth od ol og y Us ed f or La nd us e Cl a s s i f i ca ti on a nd Ma p p i ng




Fi g ur e 3.2: La nd Us e Pa tter n of th e Stud y Ar ea




Fi g ur e 3.3: FCC Ma p of th e Stud y Ar ea




3.4 HYDROLOGY Geomor p h ol og y :

The district lies on Malwa Plateau at a general elevation of 500 meter above mean sea level. The variation in altitude ranges from 450 m above mean sea level to in the north to 558 m above mean sea level in the south. On the whole the area is a broad undulating plateau with no mark ed hill ranges. The general slope is from south to north mark ed by a number of small rivers, which latter joins the Chambal River.

Soi l s :

Black cotton soils with heavy to light texture are found in the whole area. Light textured silty ‘ Kank ar’ and admixtures of clay in the form of alluvium occur along the bank of major streams. The district faces considerable problem of soil erosion, which is aided and abetted by faulty forming practices and also by natural agents lik e wind and water.

Hy d r og eol og y :

Deccan Trap basaltic rock occupies the entire Ujjain district. The different flows of basaltic rock are mostly of ‘ Aa’ type but pahoehoe and intermediate type are also present. The soft amygdaloidal varieties usually occupy the flank s and valley floors. Geodes with chalcedony, zeolites, agate and calcite are found in amygdaloidal trap. At time basalts are porphyritic and exhibits lath shaped phenocrysts of feldspar. The traps are invariably jointed. Vertical and inclined joints are also present. The trends of major joints are approximately NW-SE and NE-SW. The low k nolls, elongated mounds erected ridges as seen from Marooda to Kanchank heri via Khachrod around Gopalpur, Dhanoria to Nagpura (Mahidpur block ) appear to be formed by dyk es. Weathering of basalt in initial stage has given rise to pale brown fragmented material with admixture of brownish yellow or pale yellow soil but with intensive weathering yellowish brown and black cotton soil. Usually the “Red bole” and vesicular basalt are prone to weathering and give rise extensive black cotton soil. These black cotton soil vary in thick ness from a few centimetres to as much as 60 to 90 centimetres and are normally underlain with ‘ Kank ar”. The various flows of basalts are at times inter bedded with fossiliferous intertrappean. At places alluvium is found in the valley and stream course of Kshipra and Chambal Rivers.

Occur r ence of g r ound w a ter :

Groundwater occurs in weathered rock s along fractures, joints and vesicles and it shows vide spatial and temporal variation due to large difference in the hydrogeological environment. Amygdaloidal nature of flow number 4 and filling of calcite, agate and chalcedony not only control the occurrence of phreatic groundwater but also hydrodynamic response input and discharge as output by way of fluctuation in water level during the pre and post monsoon seasons.

Gr ound w a ter Lev el s :

As the change in groundwater level is directly related to groundwater balance and its continuous records provide direct information of subsurface geo-environmental changes due to withdrawal of




groundwater. To monitor the seasonal and annual change in quantity and quality of groundwater, CGWB has established 19 Groundwater Monitoring Wells and 26 Piezometers in the Ujjain district. The monitoring of groundwater levels in these wells is being carried out by CGWB during the month of May, August, November and January.

P r e - m o n s o o n ( M a y 2 0 1 2 ) : In pre-monsoon period, May 2012, depth to water level ranges between 5.05 m bgl to 30.99m bgl. The most part of the district have water level in the range of 9-12 m bgl during the pre-monsoon.

P o s t - m o n s o o n ( N o v e m b e r 2 0 1 2 ) : During post-monsoon period, November 2012, depth to water level ranges from 0.08 m bgl to 10.48 m bgl. It is observed that in most part of the district the water level lies between 3 to 6 m bgl.

G r o u n d w a t e r l e v e l t r e n d ( M a y 2 0 0 3 t o M a y 2 0 1 2 ) : Analyses of Groundwater level data of pre-monsoon period indicate that there is declining trend in the range of 0.08 to 0.12 m/yr.

Fi g ur e 3.4: Dep th to w a ter l ev el ma p ( p r e mons oon) of Di s tr i ct Uj j a i n, 2012




Fi g ur e 3.5: Dep th to w a ter l ev el ma p ( p os t mons oon) of Di s tr i ct Uj j a i n, 2012

Si te s p eci f i c Hy d r og eol og y :

The project site is situated in Khacharod block of Ujjain district. Ground water in the project site occurs in weathered and fractured zone. Phreatic condition ground water also occurs in some areas. Water level contour map of 2016 pre monsoon and post monsoon season are shown below, also depict the water level fluctuation from 2015 water level condition of Khacharod block .

Fi g ur e 3.6: Dep th to w a ter l ev el ma p of K a ch a r od b l ock ( Pos t mons oon, Pr e mons oon, 2016) a nd w a ter l ev el f l uctua ti on of 2015 to 2016

The depth to water level of the 5 k m buffer area (Core of the project area) of the site ranges between 5 mbgl and 18 mbgl. The details are given below:




Ta b l e 3.1: 5 k m b uf f er a r ea i nv entor y w el l d eta i l s ( Ma y , 2018)

Sl .No W el l Cod e

Str uctur e Ty p e La ti tud e Long i tud e W a ter Lev el i n

m b g l

1 B1 Borewell 23.42823889 N 75.41915278 E 12

2 B2 Borewell 23.44485 N 75.428325 E 13

3 B3 Borewell 23.43541944 N 75.45504444 E 7

4 B4 Borewell 23.46476111 N 75.39471944 E 10

5 B5 Borewell 23.42660556 N 75.392925 E 5

6 B6 Borewell 23.46199722 N 75.41658056 E 14.2

7 B7 Borewell 23.41534167 N 75.43897778 E 10

8 B8 Borewell 23.41741944 N 75.45400278 E 13.5

9 B9 Borewell 23.40409722 N 75.41273056 E 12.5

10 B10 Borewell 23.42050833 N 75.37276389 E 16

11 B11 Borewell 23.45695278 N 75.37671111 E 15.4

12 B12 Borewell 23.44086111 N 75.40036111 E 7

The depth to water level contour map of the project and around the 5k m buffer area of the site is given on f i g ur e 3.7.

Gr ound w a ter Res our ces :

Ujjain district is underlain by mainly basaltic lava flows of Deccan trap. Dynamic ground water resources of the district have been estimated for base year -2008/09 of Khacharod block is given table: 1. Khachrod block s of the district are categorized as semi critical. The net ground water availability in the district is 81209 ham and ground water draft for all uses is 80080 ham, mak ing stage of ground water development 99 % (109 % in 2003/04) as a whole for district. After mak ing allocation for future domestic and industrial supply for next 25 years, balance available ground water for future irrigation would be 371 ham.




Fi g ur e 3.7: d ep th to w a ter l ev el Contour Ma p

Fi g ur e 3.6: Dep th to w a ter l ev el contour ma p

Cl i ma te, Ra i nf a l l & Temp er a tur e

Ujjain has a humid subtropical climate, with mild, dry winters, a hot summer and a humid monsoon season. Summers start in late April and go on till mid-June, the average temperature being around 30 ° C (86 ° F), with the peak of summer in May, when the highs regularly exceed 40 ° C (104 ° F). The monsoon starts in late June and ends in late September. These months see about 40 inches (1020 mm) of precipitation, frequent thunderstorms and flooding. IMD normal annual rainfall of Ujjain city is 715 mm. The normal annual rainfall of Ujjain district is 914.5 mm. Ujjain district receive maximum rainfall during southwest monsoon period i.e. June to November. About 92.1% of annual rainfall is received during monsoon season. The surplus water for groundwater recharge is available only during the southwest monsoon period. The average temperature is around 25 ° C (77 ° F) and the humidity is quite high. Temperatures rise again up to late October when winter starts, which lasts up to early March. Winters in Bhopal are mild, sunny and dry, with average temperatures around 18 ° C (64 ° F) and little or no rain. The winter peak s in January when temperatures may drop close to freezing on some nights. Daily mean normal temperature of Ujjain in May - 40.70 C and minimum - 26.40 C. The Annual Normal Rainfall in the area is 914.5 mm /yr.




Ta b l e 3.2: Gr ound w a ter a v a i l a b i l i ty a nd s ta g e of d ev el op ment

As s es s ment Uni t

Sub - uni t Comma nd / Non

Comma nd /

Net Annua l Gr ound w a ter

Av a i l a b i l i ty ( h a m)

Ex i s ti ng Gr os s

Gr ound w a ter

Dr a f t f or Ir r i g a ti on

( h a m)


Gr ound w a ter Dr a f t

f or Domes ti c & Ind us tr i a l

w a ter Sup p l y ( h a m)


Gr ound w a ter

Dr a f t f or Al l us es ( h a m)

Pr ov i s i on f or d omes ti c, a nd

i nd us tr i a l r eq ui r ement

s up p l y to nex t 25 y ea r ( 2033)

( h a m)

Net Gr ound w a ter

Av a i l a b i l i ty f or f utur e i r r i g a ti on d d ev el op ment

( h a m)

Sta g e of Gr ound w a ter

Dev el op ment ( % )

Ca teg or y

Khachrod

Command Non-Command 17287 12472 558 13030 859 3956 75 Semi

Critical Block Total 17287 12472 558 13030 859 3956 75 Semi

Critical




Fi g 3.8: Dr a i na g e Ma p of Stud y Ar ea




3.5 SOIL Q UALITY IN THE STUDY AREA 3.5.1 Soi l Q ua l i ty a nd Ch a r a cter i s ti cs The information on soils has been collected from various secondary sources and also through primary soil sampling analysis of which is described in this section. For studying the soil profile of the region, 9 locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions around the contract area representing various land use conditions ( Ta b l e 3.3) . The concentrations of physical and chemical parameters were determined. The sampling locations have been finalized with the following objectives:

• To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; and • To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics.

Quality of the soil in the area is showing a mark ed diversity in nature depending upon the parent rock and climatic conditions prevailing in different parts of the district. The analysis results of the soil samples collected are given in Ta b l e 3.4. Soil sampling locations are presented in Fi g ur e 3.10.

Ta b l e 3.3: Soi l Moni tor i ng Sta ti on Deta i l s Sta ti on Sa mp l i ng

Loca ti on Di s ta nce f r om p r oj ect s i tes

La ti tud e Long i tud e Di r ecti on

S1 Project Site 23° 26' 12.1" N 75° 24' 50.8" E -- -- S2 Nagda 23° 27' 29.0" N 75° 25' 06.5" E 2.4 N S3 Dibari 23° 26' 02.4" N 75° 27' 15.4" E 4.0 E S4 Nayan 23° 25' 49.1" N 75° 23' 40.0" E 2.1 WSW S5 Simrol 23° 25' 05.1" N 75° 27' 13.0" E 4.5 SE S6 Banbana 23° 27' 20.2" N 75° 28' 02.7" E 5.7 ENE S7 Umarna 23° 26' 49.2" N 75° 22' 02.3" E 4.9 WNWS8 Bhatisuda 23° 24' 18.5" N 75° 24' 46.3" E 3.5 S

Ta b l e 3.4: Soi l Ana l y s i s Res ul t ( 1s t Ma r ch – 31s t Ma y 2018)

S. No.

Pa r a meter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.85 6.87 7.77 7.38 6.98 7.82 8.02 7.44

2. Conductivity (mS/cm)

0.456 0.510 0.494 0.541 0.476 0.474 0.520 0.580

3. Soil Texture Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty Clay

Silty

4. Colour Yellowish

Yellowish

Yellowish

Yellowish

Yellowish

Yellowish

Black ish

Yellowish

Brown

5. Water 36.35 41.36 46.23 37.53 45.61 38.56 47.53 33.75




( S o u r c e : V a r d a n e n v i r o L a b )

holding capacity (% )

6. Bulk density (gm/cc)

1.43 1.50 1.57 1.58 1.54 1.23 1.68 1.40

7. Chloride as Cl (mg/k g)

64.15 78.36 69.45 71.48 68.23 53.61 86.33 46.27

8. Calcium as Ca (mg/k g)

43.53 61.24 48.36 60.36 47.54 41.53 56.12 32.52

9. Sodium as Na (mg/100gm)

38.47 48.23 34.93 53.24 40.63 34.30 43.62 27.86

10. Potassium as K (k g/hec.)

396.64

408.00

308.00

551.0 340.00 418.0

0 396.00 460.00

11. Organic Matter (% )

0.75 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.79 0.86 0.72 0.78

12. Magnesium as Mg (mg/100gm)

32.50 34.52 21.36 27.36 20.36 26.32 37.63 25.74

13 Available Nitrogen as N (k g. /hec.)

353.00

294.00

286.00

383.00 267.00 282.0

0 284.00 293.00

14 Available Phosphorus (k g. /hec.)

18.26 16.21 17.45 27.82 16.14 20.13 17.64 20.01

15. Zinc (mg/100gm)

1.12 1.08 1.21 1.24 1.15 1.20 1.57 1.72

16. Manganese as Mn (mg/100gm)

9.10 7.43 9.33 8.33 9.32 7.95 8.36 7.23

17. Lead as Pb (mg/100gm)

0.53 0.55 0.74 0.64 0.64 0.72 0.84 0.82

18. Cadmium as Cd (mg/100gm)

0.26 0.21 0.23 0.18 0.22 0.19 0.36 0.15

19. Chromium as Cr (mg/100gm)

0.78 0.56 0.67 0.68 0.73 0.64 0.71 0.62

20. Copper as Cu (mg/100gm)

0.83 0.84 1.01 0.80 0.86 0.79 0.92 0.76




Fi g ur e 3.9: Soi l Sa mp l i ng Ph otog r a p h

3.5.2 Inter p r eta ti on The analysis results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 6.87- 8.02 with organic matter 0.72% -0.86% . The concentration of Nitrogen (267.00 Kg/ha. to 383.00 Kg/ha.), Phosphorus (16.14 Kg/ha. to 27.82 Kg/ha.) and Potassium (308.00 Kg/ha. to 460.00 Kg/ha.) has been found to be in good amount in the soil samples. The consumption of fertilizers is as important a factor as their production. There should be appropriate balance in the consumption of different fertilizer nutrients. The appropriate NPK ratio under Indian soil conditions is stated to be 4: 2: 1 (National Academy of Agricultural Sciences, 2009).




Fi g ur e 3.10: Ma p Sh ow i ng Soi l Sa mp l i ng Loca ti on




3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT AND METEOROLOGYThe ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 k m radius around the contract area forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved roads, domestic fuel burning, vehicular traffic, agricultural activities, other industries, etc. The prime objective of baseline air quality monitoring is to assess existing air quality of the area. This will also be useful in assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operations. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through scientifically designed ambient air quality network . The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following considerations: • Meteorological conditions. • Topography of the study area. • Lik ely impact area.

Ta b l e- 3.5 Ons i te Meteor ol og i ca l Da ta – ( 1s tMa r ch to 31s tMa y 2018)

Month Temp er a tur e Rel a ti v e Humi d i ty

Av er a g e Vel oci ty( m/ s )

Ra i nf a l l ( mm)

Ma x 0C Mi n 0C Av g %

Ma r ch 39 17 31 2.5 6 Ap r i l 42 19 26 3.0 1 Ma y 43 24 29 5.2 3




Fi g ur e 3.11: W i nd Ros e Di a g r a m

3.6.1 Amb i ent Ai r Q ua l i ty Moni tor i ng Ambient air monitoring was carried out on monthly basis in the surrounding areas of the project site to assess the ambient air quality at the source. To k now the ambient air quality at a larger distance i.e. in the study area of 10 k m. radius, air quality survey has been conducted at 08 locations over a period of Pre Monsoon Season. Major air pollutants viz4, PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen




Dioxide (NO2), CO, representing the basic air pollutants in the region were identified for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.

Ta b l e 3.6: Amb i ent Ai r Q ua l i ty Moni tor i ng Sa mp l i ng Sta ti ons

Sta ti on Loca ti on Di s ta nce Di r ecti on La ti tud e Long i tud e

A1 Project Site 23° 26' 12.1" N 75° 24' 50.8" E -- --

A2 Nagda 23° 27' 29.0" N 75° 25' 06.5" E 2.4 N

A3 Dibari 23° 26' 02.4" N 75° 27' 15.4" E 4.0 E

A4 Nayan 23° 25' 49.1" N 75° 23' 40.0" E 2.1 WSW

A5 Simrol 23° 25' 05.1" N 75° 27' 13.0" E 4.5 SE

A6 Banbana 23° 27' 20.2" N 75° 28' 02.7" E 5.7 ENE

A7 Umarna 23° 26' 49.2" N 75° 22' 02.3" E 4.9 WNW

A8 Bhatisuda 23° 24' 18.5" N 75° 24' 46.3" E 3.5 S

Fi g ur e 3.12 : Ai r Sa mp l i ng Ph otog r a p h s




Fi g - 3.13 : Ma p s h ow i ng Ai r moni tor i ng s a mp l i ng l oca ti on




3.6.2 Ba s el i ne Da taThree major air pollutants viz. PM10 & PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), CO were monitored to establish the baseline air quality. The ambient air quality standards and ambient air quality results are given in Ta b l es 3.7. Air quality monitoring locations pictures are given in Fi g ur e 3.13.

Ta b l e 3.7: Amb i ent Ai r Q ua l i ty Moni tor i ng Res ul ts ( Ma r ch 2018 to Ma y 2018)

Na me of Vi l l a g e( s )

PM10 ( g / m3)

PM2.5

( g / m3) NO2

( g / m3) SO2

( g / m3) CO

( mg / m3)

CPCB Nor ms 100 ( g / m3)

60 ( g / m3)

80 ( g / m3)

80 ( g / m3)

4.00 ( mg / m3)

Max. Min. Max.

Min. Max.

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

Nea r Pr oj ect Si te 88.5 75.2 46.6 35.4 36.4 16.8 14.3 5.4 1.23 0.67 Nea r Vi l l a g e-Na g d a 95.1 76.4 54.3 36.6 46.3 19.5 13.7 5.4 1.4 0.57 Nea r Vi l l a g e-Di b a r i ( A3) 87.9 74.9 47.1 32.2 44.5 18.6 15.6 5.6 1.2 0.56 Nea r Vi l l a g e – Na y a n ( A4) 85.3 66.4 77.5 32.4 30.3 17.3 15.3 5.8 1.06 0.59Nea r Vi l l a g e – Si mr ol ( A5) 88.4 74.1 48.4 34.3 56.6 18.4 18.5 5.3 0.95 0.61 Nea r Vi l l a g e –Ba nb a na ( A6) 90.3 75.5 80.3 36.4 49.6 18.2 15.3 5.5 1.42 0.62 Nea r Vi l l a g e – Uma r na ( A7) 86.2 73.3 47.1 34.1 44.5 14.2 12.5 5.9 1.05 0.56 Nea r Vi l l a g e –Bh a ti s ud a ( A8) 87.5 74.3 50.5 35.3 45.2 21.3 15.6 5.5 0.99 0.57

Ta b l e 3.8: 98 p er centi l e of Ai r Pol l uta nt Na me of Vi l l a g e( s )

PM10

( g / m3) PM2.5

( g / m3) NO2

( g / m3) SO2

( g / m3) CO

( mg / m3) CPCB Nor ms 100

( g / m3) 60

( g / m3) 80

( g / m3) 80

( g / m3) 4.00

( mg / m3)

Nea r Pr oj ect Si te 87.356 46.6 35.412 14.3 1.1416 Nea r Vi l l a g e-Na g d a 94.112 54.3 45.78 13.128 1.348 Nea r Vi l l a g e-Di b a r i ( A3) 87.744 46.994 43.876 15.392 1.174 Nea r Vi l l a g e – Na y a n ( A4) 84.75 76.45 30.3 14.8 1.03 Nea r Vi l l a g e – 87.4 47.35 55.4 16.5 0.935




Si mr ol ( A5)Nea r Vi l l a g e –Ba nb a na ( A6) 89.45 49.75 44.85 14.9 1.365 Nea r Vi l l a g e – Uma r na ( A7) 86.2 46.2 43.9 12.45 0.985 Nea r Vi l l a g e –Bh a ti s ud a ( A8) 86.9 49.35 44.25 15.55 0.95

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

MAX

MIN

98%

PM 10

0102030405060708090

MAX

MIN

98%

PM

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 NAAQS

MAX

MIN

98%

NO




Fi g ur e - 3.14: Gr a p h Sh ow i ng Ai r Pol l uta nts Concentr a ti on of th e Stud y Ar ea ( Ma r ch - Ma y 2018)

3.6.3 Inter p r eta ti on Ai r Q ua l i ty Moni tor i ng Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the minimum & maximum concentrations of PM10 for all the 08 AAQ M s ta ti ons were found to be 66.4 µ g/m3 and 95.1 µ g/m3 respectively, while for PM2.5 it vary between 32.2 µ g/m3 and 80.3 µ g/m3. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit of 80 µ g/m3 for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any station. The minimum & maximum concentrations of SO2 were found to be 5.3 µ g/m3 & 18.5 µ g/m3 respectively. The minimum & maximum concentrations of NO2 were found to be 14.2 µ g/m3 & 56.6 µ g/m3 respectively. The minimum & maximum concentrations of CO were found to be 0.56 µ g/m3&1.42µ g/m3respectively. 3.7 W ATER ENVIRONMENT The impact has been assessed on randomly selected surface and ground water sources falling within the impact zone. In order to assess the existing water quality, the Ground water samples were collected from 8 different locations and Surface Water quality from 8 locations within the study area and analyzed it as per the procedure specified in standard methods for examination of water and wastewater published by American Public Health Association and Bureau of Indian Standards (APHA/BIS).

Monitored values have been used for describing the water environment and assessing the

0102030405060708090

MAX

MIN

98%

SO2

0

1

2

3

4

5

MAX

MIN

98%

CO




impacts on it. To assess the water quality impacts, water resources in the impact area have been grouped into 2 classes.

• Ground water resources in the deeper strata of the ground • Surface water resources About 8 ground water and surface water samples were collected from the study area to assess the water quality during the study period. The ground water samples were drawn from the hand pumps and open wells being used by the villagers for their domestic needs. Surface water sampling was carried out from Rivers present within 10 Km of the project site. The details of the locations are given in Ta b l e 3.9.

Ta b l e 3.9: Gr ound W a ter s a mp l i ng l oca ti on Sta ti on Sa mp l i ng Loca ti on Di s ta nce f r om

p r oj ect s i tes La ti tud e Long i tud e Di r ecti on

GW1 Project Site 23° 26' 12.1" N 75° 24' 50.8" E -- --

GW2 Dibari 23° 26' 02.4" N 75° 27' 15.4" E 4.0 E

GW3 Umarna 23° 26' 49.2" N 75° 22' 02.3" E 4.9 WNW

GW4 Bhatisuda 23° 24' 18.5" N 75° 24' 46.3" E 3.5 S

GW5 Durgapur 23° 26' 28.9" N 75° 25' 04.0" E 0.6 NE

GW6 Tak rauda 23° 25' 45.4" N 75° 24' 01.2" E 1.6 SW

GW7 Lasuriya Jaisingh 23° 24' 55.3" N 75° 26' 17.6" E 3.4 SE

GW8 Nagda 23° 27' 29.0" N 75° 25' 06.5" E 2.4 N




Fi g ur e 3.15: Ma p s h ow i ng W a ter moni tor i ng s a mp l i ng l oca ti on




Ta b l e 3.10: Gr ound W a ter Ana l y s i s ( Ma r ch 2018- Ma y 2018) S. No. Pa r a meter GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8 Des i r a b l e

Li mi t Per mi s s i b l e Li mi t

1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.48 7.15 7.93 7.76 8.30 7.74 7.67 7.36 6.5 to 8.5 No Relaxation2. Colour < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 5 15 3. Turbidity < 1 < 1 < 1 < 0.1 < 1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 1 5 4. Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3

348.78 396.63 437.26

347.23 264.53 364.56 273.62 352.64 200 600

7. Calcium as Ca 75.61 98.54 118.36 82.62 58.30 87.38 63.25 92.45 75 200 8. Alk alinity as

CaCO3 364.47 315.63

412.51 368.85 282.44 324.75 348.61 293.63

200 600

9. Chloride as Cl 127.36 220.55 135.63 286.00 124.61 118.37 127.20 137.30 250 1000 10. Cyanide as CN < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.05 No Relaxation 11. Magnesium as

Mg 38.91 36.64

34.49 34.29 28.93 35.61 28.14 29.64

30 100

12. Total Dissolved Solids

608.00 732.00 710.00

956.00 560.00 590.00 640.00 710.00 500 2000

13. Sulphate as SO4 38.63 46.78 56.23 86.10 60.21 53.63 48.33 63.27 200 400 14. Fluoride as F 0.87 1.52 1.35 1.21 0.84 0.72 1.02 1.42 1.0 1.5 15. Nitrate as NO3 19.46 20.61 25.33 26.18 20.36 26.51 27.37 28.36 45 No Relaxation 16. Iron as Fe 0.26 0.34 0.35 0.27 0.32 0.28 0.26 0.34 0.3 No Relaxation 17. Aluminium as Al < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18. Boron < 0.01 < 0.1 0.47 < 0.1 < 0.01 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.5 1.0 19. Chromium as

Cr < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 No Relaxation




20. Conductivity 1015 1223 1186 1086 936 985 1066 1180 - -

21. Phenolic Compounds

< 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 0.002

22. Mineral Oil < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.5 No Relaxation 23. Anionic

Detergents as MBAS

< 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.2 1.0

24. Zinc as Zn 2.10 3.27 3.56 2.37 1.84 2.36 1.67 2.68 5 15 25. Copper as Cu 0.38 0.58 0.64 0.63 0.43 0.54 0.47 0.51 0.05 1.5 26. Manganese as

Mn < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.10 < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.0.6 < 0.06 0.1 0.3

27. Cadmium as Cd

< 0.06 < 0.006 < 0.001 < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.06 < 0.06 0.003 No Relaxation

28. Lead as Pb < 0.13 < 0.13 < 0.01 < 0.13 < 0.13 < 0.13 < 0.13 < 0.13 0.01 No Relaxation 29. Selenium as Se < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 30. Arsenic as As < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 0.05 31. Mercury as Hg < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 No Relaxation 32. Total Coliform < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 Shall not be detectable in any

100 ml sample 33. E. Coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in any

100 ml sample

( S o u r c e : V a r d a n E n v i r o L a b )




B) Sur f a ce W a terSurface water sampling locations is given in Ta b l e 3.11 and results are given in Ta b l e 3.12 Sampling locations are presented in Fi g ur e 3.11.

Ta b l e 3.11: Sur f a ce W a ter Sa mp l i ng Sta ti ons

SW1 Chambal River (Down Stream) 23° 26' 30.7" N 75° 23' 54.3" E 1.7 WNW

SW2 Chambal River (Up Stream) 23° 25' 47.1" N 75° 23' 50.6" E 1.9 WSW

SW3 Pond Near Banbana 23° 27' 19.7" N 75° 27' 33.1" E 5.0 NE

SW4 Bageri Nadi Near Parsutiya 23° 25' 12.4" N 75° 22' 07.1" E 5.0 SW

SW5 Khajuri N Near Amlawad Junnardar 23° 25' 35.9" N 75° 25' 44.6" E 1.7 SE

SW6 Pond Near Pachlasi 23° 24' 59.0" N 75° 20' 41.4" E 7.4 SW

SW7 Pond Near Parmark heri 23° 29' 05.6" N 75° 23' 01.6" E 6.1 NNW

SW8 Pond Near Jhurnia Kuchrod 23° 23' 18.2" N 75° 27' 27.5" E 6.9 SE

Ta b l e 3.12: Sur f a ce W a ter Sa mp l i ng Res ul ts ( 1s t Ma r ch , 2018 to 31s t Ma y , 2018)

S.No. Pa r a meter SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.50 7.30 7.82 7.43 7.44 7.41 7.53 7.82

2. Colour

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

* BDL (* * DL

5Hazen)

3. Turbidity 32.00 37 36 18.6 23.4 20 22.00 18

4. Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable




S.No. Pa r a meter SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 5. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 460.50 447.53

664.16

443.63 541.45 312.41 378.72 327.42

6. Calcium as Ca 104.40 95.64 192.52 86.58 116.28 86.45 108.45 79.63

7. Alk alinity as CaCO3 386.52 405.56 596.47 423.21 510.21 276.35 412.36 271.36

8. Chloride as Cl 205.14 210.62 170.25 118.42 110.10 118.20 124.24 112.45

9. Residual free Chlorine

* BDL(* * DL

0.2mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.2mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.20mg/l)

10. # Cyanide as CN

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

11. Magnesium as Mg 48.00 50.76 44.65 55.31 61.07 23.50 26.28 31.28

12. Total Dissolved Solids 765.00 795.00 1048.00 682.00 748.00 607.00 685.00 535.00

13. Total Suspended solids 84.00 106.00 218.00 112.00 123.00 75.00 83.00 58.00

14. Dissolved Oxygen 4.9 4.7 5.1 4.9 5.1 5.8 6.4 5.8

15. Sulphate as SO4 45.33 62.61 135.00 63.64 65.24 53.26 57.23 50.72

16. Fluoride as F 1.15 1.24 1.41 0.95 1.35 1.31 1.24 1.15

17. BOD (3 Days at 270C) 18.50 22.30 24.00 20.30 26.00 18.20 21.00 15.36

18. COD 58.90 65.27 82.53 72.36 85.25 64.3 64.61 46.84

19. Conductivity 1277 1327 1748 1137 1249 1013 1143 893

20. Nitrate as NO3 26.10 24.52 32.70 20.58 22.47 24.30 17.53 21.63




S.No. Pa r a meter SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 21. Sodium as Na 85.1 95.3 89.8 63.8 48.7 81 78.6 53.4

22. Potassium as K 18.2 22.4 20.6 17.6 15.3 22 19.4 15.2

23. Iron as Fe 0.35 0.35 0.51 0.34 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.28

24. # Aluminium as Al

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.03 mg/l)

25. Boron 0.95 0.30 0.87 0.86 0.85 0.67 0.61 0.52

26. Chromium as Cr

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01 mg/l)

27. Phenolic Compounds * BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.001 mg/l)

28. Mineral Oil * BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.01mg/l)

29. Anionic Detergents as

MBAS

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.02 mg/l)

30. Zinc as Zn 3.80 3.44 3.27 0.76 2.20 1.72 1.75 1.47

31. Copper as Cu 0.45 0.37 0.51 0.33 0.56 0.47 0.47 0.53

32. Manganese as Mn

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)




S.No. Pa r a meter SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 33.

Cadmium as Cd * BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

* BDL(* * DL

0.06 mg/l)

34. Total Coliform 1600 900 1600 900 350 350 500 480

35. Fecal Coliform 900 500 500 350 240 280 300 390



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Fi na l EIA Pa g e | 47 ( Ch a p ter - 3) Document No.

Fi g ur e 3.16: Sur f a ce w a ter Sa mp l i ng Ph otog r a p h s

3.7.1 Inter p r eta ti on of Gr ound W a ter Res ul t ( 1s tMa r ch to 31s tMa y 2018) Analysis results of ground water reveal the following; p H varies from 7.15 to 8.30. Total Hardness varies from 264.53 – 437.26 mg / L. Total Dissolved Solids varies from 560 to 956.00 mg / L. Fluoride from 0.72 to 1.52. Chloride from 118.37 to 286.00.

Other heavy metal analyzed v i z . Manganese and Cadmium was below detectable limit. A review of the

above chemical analysis reveals that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from different sources but the ground water from all sources remains suitable for drink ing purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drink ing water standards promulgated by Indian Standards (IS: 10500). Water Quality data is attached as Annex ur e VII and Indian standard Drink ing water Specification, IS 10500: 2012 for water quality is available online at http: //cgwb.gov.in/Documents/WQ-standards.pdf

3.8 Noi s e Env i r onment Noise often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work , disturb sleep, thus deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise Pollution survey has therefore been carried out. Noise levels were measured in residential areas and other settlements located within 10 Km radius around the site.

http://cgwb.gov.in/Documents/WQ-standards.pdf




3.8.1 Noi s e Lev el w i th i n th e Stud y Ar ea The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using 4012 Maxtech sound level meter. The analysis reveals that the noise’ s well within the permissible range. The location of Noise level monitoring is presented in Ta b l e 3.13. The levels recorded are as stated in Ta b l e 3.14.

Ta b l e 3.13 Noi s e Lev el Sa mp l i ng Sta ti ons

Sta ti on Sa mp l i ng Loca ti on Di s ta nce f r om p r oj ect s i tes

La ti tud e Long i tud e Di r ecti on

N1 Project Site 23° 26' 12.1" N 75° 24' 50.8" E -- --

N2 Durgapur 23° 26' 30.6" N 75° 25' 01.0" E 0.6 NE

N3 Dibari 23° 26' 02.4" N 75° 27' 15.4" E 4.0 E

N4 Mahiwas 23° 26' 33.7" N 75° 24' 05.1" E 4.0 NW

N5 Amlawad Junnardar 23° 25' 42.7" N 75° 25' 40.9" E 1.7 SE

N6 Lasuriya Jaisingh 23° 24' 55.3" N 75° 26' 17.6" E 3.4 SE

N7 Tak rauda 23° 25' 44.7" N 75° 24' 00.7" E 1.6 SW

N8 Pardhi 23° 25' 47.5" N 75° 25' 02.3" E 0.8 SSE

Ta b l e 3.14 Noi s e Lev el d ur i ng Sa mp l i ng ( 1s tMa r ch to 31s tMa y , 2018)

S. No Loca ti ons Noi s e Lev el Leq . d B ( A)

Da y Ti me ( 6: 00 a .m. to 10: 00 p .m.) Ni g h t Ti me ( 10: 01 p .m. to 5: 59 a .m.) 1. N1 60.21 53.10 2. N2 53.80 44.12 3. N3 51.82 42.15 4. N4 48.22 39.31 5. N5 54.38 43.90 6. N6 50.15 40.34 7. N7 46.28 38.23 8. N8 50.85 40.53

(Sour ce: Vardan EnviroLab )




Fi g ur e 3.17: Noi s e Sa mp l i ng Ph otog r a p h s

3.8.2 Inter p r eta ti on Ambient noise levels were measured at 08 locations around the proposed project site. Maximum and minimum noise levels recorded during the day time were from 46.28 Leq dB and 60.21 Leq dB respectively and maximum and minimum level of noise during night time were 38.23 Leq dB and 53.10 Leq dB respectively. Lab result is attached as Annex ur e VII and noise levels at all locations were observed to be within the prescribed limits and Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise is available online at http: //cpcb.nic.in/divisionsofheadoffice/pci2/noise_rules_2000.pdf. From the above study and discussions it can be concluded that noise levels in the study area are well within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the CPCB and State Pollution Control Board.

http://cpcb.nic.in/divisionsofheadoffice/pci2/noise_rules_2000.pdf




Fi g ur e 3.18: Ma p s h ow i ng Noi s e Sa mp l i ng Sta ti ons




3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during pre-monsoon season. A phased and consultative approach was followed to carry out ecological assessment. Successive phases of the assessment include

(i) Secondary data collection through desk top review of available literature and (ii) Onsite data collection for determining vegetation and wildlife in the study area and (iii) Reconnaissance survey

3.9.1 Second a r y Da ta Col l ecti on An extensive desk top review of available published literature (book s, websites, scientific papers, articles etc.) was conducted. The Forest Work ing Plans of the Ujjain Forest Divisions was also referred for secondary information. Additional information was sourced from the project proponent, governmental institutions and local residents of the survey-area. The secondary data was appropriately supplemented by a field survey for primary data collection. 3.9.1.1 For es t Cov er Madhya Pradesh is one of the most blessed states of India in terms of natural resources including rich and diverse forests, forests cover about 30.72 per cent of its total area of 3.08 sq. k m (i.e., 94,689 sq. k m). Forest cover map of Madhya Pradesh showing the project area is provided in Figure 3.19

Fi g ur e: 3.19: For es t Cov er Ma p of Ma d h y a Pr a d es h

As per Champion & Seth (1968) Classification, Madhya Pradesh has 18 forest types which belong to three forest type groups, viz. Tropical Moist Deciduous, Tropical Dry Deciduous and Tropical Thorn Forests. Percentage-wise distribution of forest covers in different forest type groups found in the state based on the forest cover assessment is provided in Ta b l e 3.13.




Ta b l e: 3.13: For es t Cov er of Ma d h y a Pr a d es h S r. N o. Fores t T y pe G rou p Fores t ov er

1. Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests 8 . 9 7 % 2. Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests 8 8 . 6 5 % 3. Tropical Thorn Forests 0 . 2 6 %

3.9.1.2 For es t Ty p es : Forests in the study area of Chambal River region can be classified into the following forest types in accordance with the Revised Survey of Forest Types of India by Champion and Seth (1968). The forests in the study area were classified into different forest type with the help of Forest Work ing Plan of Ujjain Forest Division. Forest types of study area have been grouped in Tropical Dry Deciduous and its subgroups. The forest types found in the study area is described as following: 5A - South er n Tr op i ca l Dr y Deci d uous For es t Floristic composition: T e c t o n a g r a n d i s , C h l o r o x y l o n s w i e t e n i a , B u c h a n a n i a l a n z a n , T e r m i n a l i a t o m e n t o s a , A n o g e i s s u s l a l i f o l i a , A l b i z z i a p r o c e r a etc. 5A/ C1a – Ver y Dr y Tea k For es t The scattered trees of B o s w e l l i a s e r r a t e , A n o g e s s u s l a t i f o l i a and A c a c i a c a t e c h u are the common associates of teak in this type of forest. The common grasses are E r a g r o s t i s t e n e l l a , P a r t h e n i u m spp, C y n o d o n d a c t y l o n , etc. 5 A/C 1 b - Dry Teak Bearing Forest These forests are associated with A n o g e s s u s l a t i f o l i a , D i o s p y r a s m e l o n o x y o n , C a s s i a f i s t u l a and B o s w e l l i a s e r r a t e . 5 A/C 3 - Tr op i ca l Dr y Mi x ed Deci d uous For es t The most characteristic tree is A n o g e i s s u s l a t i f o l i a , whilst T e r m i n a l i a t o m e n t o s a is a very typical associate. C h l o r o x y l o n s w i e t e n i a , H a r d w i c k i a b i n a t a , B o s w e l l i a s e r r a t a and S o y m i d a f e b r i f u g a are very widespread and useful indicators. The other species found are B u c h n a n i a l a n z a n , M a d h u c a i n d i c a , B u t t e a m o n o s p e r m a , A l b i z z i a a m a r a , A l b i z z i a l e b b e k , E m b l i c a o f f i c i n a l i s , A c a c i a c a t e c h u , T e r m i n a l i a b e l l e r i c a , F i c u s g l o m e r a t a , S e m i c a r p u s a n a c a r d i u m , P o n g a m i a p i n n a t a , P t e r o c a r p u s s a n t a l i n u s , C a s s i a f i s t u l a , A z a d i r a c h t a i n d i c a , T e c t o n a g r a n d i s etc. 5A/ DS1 - South er n Tr op i ca l Dr y Deci d uous Scr ub Fl or i s ti c comp os i ti on: A c a c i a c a t e c h u , A c a c i a l e u c o p h l o e a , W r i g h t i a t i n c t o r i a , Z i z y p h u s x y l o p y r u s , C a s s i a f i s t u l a , A n n o n a s p e c i e s , A z a d i r a c h t a i n d i c a , B u t e a m o n o s p e r m a , C h l o r o x y l o n s w i t e n i a , A l b i z z i a a m a r a etc.

3.9.2 Reconna i s s a nce Sur v ey : To get an overview of the overall ecological setting of the project area, a reconnaissance survey of the project locations was carried out including upstream and downstream areas of the project. The survey was focused on evaluating existing vegetation profile of the site and its surroundings. 3.9.3Ons i te Da ta Col l ecti on:

1. Ob j ecti v es : The objectives of this study were as follows:

• To collect Baseline data for the study along with a description of the existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.




• To assess scheduled species in the proposed site (Rare, endangered, critically endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

• To identify locations and features of ecological significance. • To identify Impact of proposed project before, after and during development phase.

Ta b l e: 3.14 Mod e of d a ta col l ecti on a nd p a r a meter s cons i d er ed d ur i ng th e Sur v ey

Sl No.

As p ect Da ta Mod e of Da ta col l ecti on

Pa r a meter s moni tor ed

Rema r k s

1. Terrestrial Biodiversity

Primary data collection

By field survey Floral and Faunal diversity

For Fl or a l Di v er s i ty : Random survey, sapling survey/forest inventory, walk ing transect, collection and identification with the help of relevant literature. For Fa una l Di v er s i ty : direct and indirect sampling, walk ing transect, point sampling and nest sampling etc. and identification with the help of relevant literature.

2. Secondary data collection

From authentic sources lik e Forests department of Haryana and available published literatures from ZSI, BSI etc.

Floral and Faunal diversity and study of vegetation, forest type, importance etc.

Data collected from the work ing plan of the region, forest types from the authentic literature of Champion & Seth.

3. Aquatic Biodiversity

Primary data

By field survey Floral and Faunal diversity

For Pl a nk ton Stud y - Lack ey’ s drops method and light microscope For oth er a q ua ti c- Random survey, opportunistic observations

4. Secondary data collection

From authentic sources lik e Forests department of Haryana.

Floral and Faunal diversity and study of vegetation, forest type, importance etc.

Desk top literature review to indentify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities.




In order to understand the composition of the vegetation, most of the plant species could be identified in the field itself whereas in case of the species that could not be identified an herbarium specimen of some flowers were collected without uprooting the plant itself and in addition their photographs were also tak en for identification Later with the help of available published literature and floras of the region. 2. Ta x onomi c Di v er s i ty : During the surveys, an inventory of different plant groups found in the study area was prepared. In the study area 64 species of plants were recorded. These include 31 trees, 09 shrubs, 19 species of herbs & grasses and 05 species of climbers. List of Plant Species (trees, shrubs, grasses and climbers) is given in Ta b l e 3.15.

Ta b l e: 3.15 Fl or a l Di v er s i ty of th e s tud y a r ea S r . N o . B o t a n i c a l N a m e F a m i l y C o m m o n N a m e

T R E E S 1. A c a c i a c a t e c h u Mimosaceae Kher 2. A c a c i a l e u c o p h l o e a Mimosaceae Khejada 3. A c a c i a n i l o t i c a Mimosaceae Babool 4. A e g l e m a r m e l o s Rutaceae Bel, Bel patra 5. A l b i z i a a m a r a Mimosaceae Castar 6. A l b i z z i a l e b b e k Fabaceae Seerash 7. A n o g e i s s u s l a t i f o l i a Combretaceae Dhok , Dhawda 8. A z a d i r a c h t a i n d i c a Meliaceae Neem9. B a u h i n i a r a c e m o s a Fabaceae Astara 10. B o m b a x c e i b a Bombacaceae Semal 11. B u t e a m o n o s p e r m a Fabaceae Palash, Chola 12. C a s s i a f i s t u l a Caesalpiniaceae Baram, Amaltas 13. C o r d i a d i c h o t o m a Bpraginaceae Gundi 14. D i o s p y r o s m e l a n o x y l o n Ebenaceae Tendu/temru 15. E r y t h r i n a s u b e r o s a Fabaceae Gadha palash 16. F i c u s a r n o t t i a n a Moraceae Pipali 17. F i c u s g l o m e r a t a Moraceae Gular 18. F i c u s r e l i g i o s a Moraceae Pipal 19. L a g e r s t r o e m i a p a r v i f l o r a Lythraceae Lendiya 20. L a n n e a g r a n d i s Anacardiaceae Moyani 21. L e u c a e n a l e u c o c e p h a l a Fabaceae Subabul 22. M a n g i f e r a i n d i c a Anacardiaceae Aam 23. M o r i n d a P u b e s s e n s Rubiaceae Aal 24. P h y l l a n t h u s e m b l i c a Euphorbiaceae Awala, Amla25. P o n g a m i a p i n n a t a Fabaceae Karanj 26. S y z y g i u m c u m i n i Myrtaceae Jamun 27. T e c t o n a g r a n d i s Verbenaceae Sagon 28. T e r m i n a l i a a r j u n a Combretaceae Kahu 29. T e r m i n a l i a b e l l i r i c a Combretaceae Bahera 30. T e r m i n a l i a t o m e n t o s a Combretaceae Sadad




31. W r i g h t i a t i n c t o r i a Apocynaceae Dudhi SHRUBS

32. A g a v e s p . Asparagaceae 33. C a l o t r o p i s g i g a n t e a Apocynaceae Aak 34. C a r i s s a o p a c a Apocynaceae Karora 35. C a r i s s a s p i n a r u m Apocynaceae Karonda 36. J a t r o p h a c u r c a s Euphorbiaceae Rantanjot 37. L a n t a n a c a m a r a Verbenaceae Lantana 38. M u r r a y a k o e n i g i i Rutaceae Kari patta 39. Z i z i p h u s m a u r i t i a n a Rhamnaceae Ber 40. Z i z i p h u s x y l o p y r u s Rhamnaceae Ghatabor

HERBS 41. C y a n o t i s s p . Commelinaceae Gadahpurna 42. B o e r h a v i a d i f f u s a Nyctaginaceae 43. D a t u r a m e t e l Solanaceae Kaladhatura 44. M i m o s a p u d i c a Fabaceae Chhuimui paudha 45. C a s s i a t o r a Fabaceae Chirota 46. G y m n e m a s y l v e s t r e Asclepiadaceae Girmala 47. E u p h o r b i a h i r t a Euphorbiaceae Dudh ghas 48. S i d a r h o m b i f o l i a Malvaceae Atibala 49. S i d a c o r d i f o l i a Malvaceae Bala 50. S i d a a c u t a c a r p i n i f o l i a Malvaceae Mamas 51. P a r t h e n i u m h y s t e r o p h o r u s Asteraceae Congress grass 52. T r i b u l u s t e r r e s t r i s Zygophyllaceae Gok hru 53. X a n t h i u m s t r u m a r i u m Compositae Chota Dhtura 54. O c i m u m b a s i l i c u m Lamiaceae Van Tulsi 55. C y n o d o n D a c t y l o n Poaceae Dhub56. S a c c h a r u m s p o n t a n e u m Poaceae Kaans 57. D i c h a n t h i u m a n n u l a t u m Poaceae Seenk ha 58. R u b i a c o r d i f o l i a Rubiaceae Majith 59. T r i d a x p r o c u m b e n s Asteraceae Ghamra

CLIMBERS 60. C u s c u t a r e f l e x a Convolvulaceae Amarbel 61. S m i l a x m a c r o p h y l l a Smilacaceae Ramdatun 62. A c a c i a p e n n a t a Mimosaceae Biswal 63. T i n o s p o r a c o r d i f o l i a Menispermaceae Gudbel, Geloy 64. V i t i s l a t i f o l i a Menispermaceae Pani bel 3. L ow er Plant S pec ies D is trib u tion in S tu d y Area Pter i d op h y tes : The pteridophytes noted within project area are A d i a n t u m p h i l i p p e n s e of Pteridaceaefamily, k nown as Hamsapadi in Hindi and L y g o d i u m m i c r o p h y l l u m of Lygodiaceae family




k nown as climbing fern. Both the species have medicinal value and used as local remedy to cure many diseases. 4. Rare, T h reatened and End ang ered S pec ies : None of the plant species reportedly found in the study area falls under any of the IUCN Red list of Threatened Species Version 2014.3. 3.9.4 Ph y tos oci ol og i g a l / Communi ty Di v er s i ty A nested quadrates technique was used to assess the community structure of the vegetation. The entire study area was divided in grids of 5 k m X 5 k m and thereafter 25 % of the grids were randomly selected for phytosociological study. A total of sixteen (16) sampling locations were selected in Eight (08) grids. At each sampling location, two (02) quadrates of approximately 10 m x 10 m was laid out for sampling of the tree species, number of individuals of each species, falling within the quadrate was also noted. Names and number of shrubs were enumerated from nested quadrate of 5 m x 5 m. Similarly, nested 1m× 1m quadrate was laid for estimation of ground vegetation. Name of species and percentage of herbs, grasses, weeds and climbers were recorded from each quadrate. 3.9.4.1 Meth od ol og y f or Fl or a l Di v er s i ty Selection of sites for vegetation data was done by random sampling procedure. Accordingly, equal number of quadrates of 10 m x 10 m for the study of tree layer in the project core area and surrounding Project affected area were laid. Within these sample plots, sub-plots of 3 m x 3 m were laid out randomly for studying the shrub layer and regeneration of tree species. For information on ground layer including herbaceous species, quadrates of 1 m x 1 m size were laid out within the tree quadrate. All species encountered during the transect walk were recorded and their herbarium specimens prepared for identification and future use. The girth at breast height (gbh) of all individuals in each quadrate was measured for all species of trees and woody climbers. All individuals with gbh > 10 cm were considered and recorded as trees (Parthasarathy and Karthik eyan, 1997). Individuals below 10 cm gbh were considered as saplings and shrubs. This concept was tested further during the fieldwork . Basal area of plants was measured following Philips (1959). The plants were identified using floras by Haines (1921-25), Saxena and Brahmam (1994-96). The primary data recorded on number of individuals in a species and girths were utilized to derive secondary attributes lik e density and frequency following standard phyto-sociological methods of Misra (1968). Relative values were calculated following Philips (1959). Important Value Index (IVI) was calculated by adding up relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance (Curtis, 1959). In the case of shrubs, herbs and saplings; IVI was calculated based only on relative values, i.e., relative frequency and relative density. Formulae used for various calculations are: T o t a l n u m b e r o f i n d i v i d u a l s o f a s p e c i e s i n a l l t h e q u a d r a t s D e n s i t y = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T o t a l n u m b e r o f q u a d r a t s s t u d i e d T o t a l n u m b e r o f q u a d r a t s i n w h i c h s p e c i e s o c c u r r e d F r e q u e n c y ( % ) = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - × 1 0 0 T o t a l n u m b e r o f q u a d r a t s s t u d i e d




T o t a l n u m b e r o f i n d i v i d u a l s o f a s p e c i e s i n a l l q u a d r a t s A b u n d a n c e = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

T o t a l n u m b e r o f q u a d r a t s i n w h i c h s p e c i e s o c c u r r e d T o t a l b a s a l a r e a = M e a n b a s a l a r e a × D e n s i t y S u m o f a l l c b h o f a s p e c i e s M e a n o f t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e ( C ) = T o t a l n u m b e r o f i n d i v i d u a l s o f a s p e c i e s D e n s i t y o f a t h e s p e c i e s R e l a t i v e D e n s i t y = × 1 0 0 T o t a l d e n s i t y o f a l l s p e c i e s T h e f r e q u e n c y o f a s p e c i e s R e l a t i v e F r e q u e n c y = × 1 0 0 T o t a l f r e q u e n c y o f a l l s p e c i e s

T o t a l b a s a l c o v e r o f a s p e c i e s

R e l a t i v e D o m i n a n c e = × 1 0 0 T o t a l b a s a l c o v e r o f a l l s p e c i e s Importance Value Index (IVI) = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Rel a ti v e Domi na nce All information collected on the vegetation from project core area and surrounding project area were analyzed to arrive at different phyto-sociological attributes, namely, density, frequency, basal area, and Importance Value Index summarized in Ta b l e 3.16 and Ta b l e3.17.

1. Veg eta ti on of Pr oj ect Ar ea Ta b l e 3.16: Veg eta ti on p a r a meter s i n p r oj ect a f f ected a r ea

Sp eci es Na me TBA ( m2/ h a )

Den./ h a Fr eq . %

RD RF R.Do IVI

TREES/ SHRUBS/ HERBS N i l NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

2. Veg eta ti on f r om Sur r ound i ng Pr oj ect Af f ected Ar ea

Vegetation parameters of woody species, shrubs and herbs encountered in the sample plots are provided in Ta b l e 3.18. Total 36 tree species have been recorded from the surrounding Project affected area. The density of tree species varied from 11 stems/ha to 86 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by S h o r e a r o b u s t a (86 stems/ha) (Ta b l e3.18).




The number of shrubs, and tree saplings together from surrounding Project affected area was 14 species. The surrounding Project affected area was dominated by D i o s p y r o s m e l a n o x y l o n (143 stems/ha). The density values (stems/ha) for different species of shrubs varied from 13 to 143 (Ta b l e3.18). D i o s p y r o s m e l a n o x y l o n recorded the highest IVI value (64.15). This particular species has very good capacity for regeneration. Herbaceous vegetation accounted for 47 species in the surrounding Project affected area. The stand density in the case of herbaceous species was 584229 stems/ha (Ta b l e3.18) and this strata was dominated by a C y n o d o n d a c t y l o n (244444 stems/ha) followed by P a s p a l u m d i s t i c u m (40000 stems/ha), E v o l v u l u s n u m m u l a r i s (35556 stems/ha) and I p o m o e a c a r n e a (35000 stems/ha) (Ta b l e3.18). Dominance and ecological success of a species is expressed as a single value in terms of Importance Value Index (IVI). This index utilizes three parameters viz., relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance or basal area. High IVI values of a species indicate its high regeneration capacity and greater ecological amplitude. Among trees species, S h o r e a r o b u s t a showed highest IVI (14.53) followed by L e g e r s t r o m i a p a r v i f l o r a (14.10) and T e r m i n a l i a e l l i p t i c a (13.62).

Ta b l e3.17: Veg eta ti on p a r a meter s f r om s ur r ound i ng p r oj ect a f f ected a r ea

Sci enti f i c Na me TBA Den/ Ha Fr eq % Rel . Den.

R. Do. Rel . Fr eq .

IVI

TREES A d i n a c o r d i f o l i a 3762.42 44 22.22 3.41 6.36 2.06 11.82 A e g l e m a r m e l o s e 1399.36 11 11.11 0.85 2.36 1.03 4.25 A l b i z i a o d o r a t i s s i m a 1244.03 22 22.22 1.70 2.10 2.06 5.87 A n o g e i s s u s l a t i f o l i a 2089.81 56 33.33 4.33 3.53 3.09 10.96 A z a d i r a c h t a i n d i c a 1537.9 11 11.11 0.85 2.60 1.03 4.48 A i l a n t h u s e x c e l s 1517.52 44 33.33 3.41 2.56 3.09 9.06 B o m b a x c e i b a 1560.51 22 22.22 1.70 2.64 2.06 6.40 B r i d e l i a r e t u s a 1114.97 33 22.22 2.55 1.88 2.06 6.50 B u t e a m o n o s p e r m a 1306.05 11 11.11 0.85 2.21 1.03 4.09 C a s s i a f i s t u l a 1644.9 11 11.11 0.85 2.78 1.03 4.66 C o r d i a m y x a 1997.69 44 44.44 3.41 3.38 4.12 10.90 D i o s p y r o s m e l a n o x y l o n 1938.61 44 33.33 3.41 3.28 3.09 9.77 E m b l i c a o f f i c i n a l i s 2233.44 22 22.22 1.70 3.77 2.06 7.54 F i c u s b e n g h a l e n s i s 1662.5 33 33.33 2.55 2.81 3.09 8.46 F i c u s r e l i g i o s a 2923.09 22 22.22 1.70 4.94 2.06 8.70 F l a c o u r t i a i n d i c a 1692.2 33 33.33 2.55 2.86 3.09 8.51 G r e w i a t i l i f o l i a 4682.25 22 11.11 1.70 7.91 1.03 10.65L a n n e a c o r o m a n d e l i c a 1643.07 22 22.22 1.70 2.78 2.06 6.54 L e g e r s t r o m i a p a r v i f l o r a 5109.23 44 22.22 3.41 8.63 2.06 14.10 M a d h u c a i n d i c a 2896.18 33 22.22 2.55 4.89 2.06 9.51 M a d h u c a l a t i f o l i a 6683.44 11 11.11 0.85 11.29 1.03 13.18 M a l l o t u s p h i l i p p i n e n i s i s 729.19 33 22.22 2.55 1.23 2.06 5.85






IVI

M i t r a g y n a p a r v i f o l i a 661.38 44 33.33 3.41 1.12 3.09 7.62 O u g e i n i a d a l b e r g i o i d e s 567.06 44 33.33 3.41 0.96 3.09 7.46 P t e r o c a r p u s m a r s u p i u m 334.86 33 55.56 2.55 0.57 5.16 8.28 S a c c o p e t a l u m t o m e n t o s u m 437.61 44 22.22 3.41 0.74 2.06 6.21 S c h l e i c h e r a o l e o s a 812.46 33 22.22 2.55 1.37 2.06 5.99 S e m e c a r p u s a n a c a r d i u m 876.9 78 33.33 6.04 1.48 3.09 10.61 S h o r e a r o b u s t a 998.02 86 66.67 6.66 1.69 6.19 14.53 S t e r c u l i a u r e n s 238.46 25 77.78 1.93 0.40 7.22 9.56 S y z y g i u m c u m i n i 512.46 34 22.22 2.63 0.87 2.06 5.56 T e c t o n a g r a n d i s 776.9 78 33.33 6.04 1.31 3.09 10.44 T e r m i n a l i a c h e b u l a 589.36 50 66.67 3.87 1.00 6.19 11.05 T e r m i n a l i a e l l i p t i c a 538.46 71 77.78 5.50 0.91 7.22 13.62 Z i z i p h u s x y l o p y r u s 467.06 44 33.33 3.41 0.79 3.09 7.29 59179.35 1292 1077.72 100 100 100 300

SHRUBS A d h a t o d a z e y l a n i c a 30.11 103 22.22 14.48 25.40 6.06 45.94 A n o g e i s s u s l a t i f o l i a 1.26 13 11.11 1.92 1.06 3.03 6.02 B a u h i n i a v a h l i i 1.79 27 11.11 3.85 1.51 3.03 8.39 B r i d e l i a r e t u s a 1.01 13 11.11 1.92 0.85 3.03 5.81 B u c h n a n i a l a n z a n 4.52 54 33.33 7.69 3.81 9.09 20.59 C a s s i a f i s t u l a 16.99 68 33.33 9.62 14.33 9.09 33.04 D e n d r o c a l a m u s a r a n d u n a c e a

4.22 13 11.11 1.92 3.56 3.03 8.51

D e n d r o c a l a m u s s t r i c t u s 4.72 109 88.89 15.38 3.98 24.24 43.61 D i o s p y r o s m e l a n o x y l o n 34.22 143 55.56 20.13 28.86 15.15 64.15 E l a e o d e n d r o m g l a u c u m 2.79 27 22.22 3.85 2.35 6.06 12.26 L a n t a n a c a m a r a 2.74 48 11.11 3.85 2.31 3.03 9.19 R a n d i a s p i n o s a 0.59 13 11.11 1.92 0.50 3.03 5.45 S c h l e i c h e r a o l e o s a 12.06 82 33.33 11.54 10.17 9.09 30.80 V e n t i l a g o m a d e r a s p a t a n a 1.54 13 11.11 1.92 1.30 3.03 6.25 118.56 726 366.65 100 100 100 300

HERBS A b u t i l o n i n d i c u m 10.54 2222 11 0.38 0.35 0.64 1.37 A c a c i a n i l o t i c a 13.30 223 11 0.04 0.44 0.64 1.12 A c h y r a n t h u s a s p e r a 53.19 8889 44 1.52 1.78 2.56 5.86 A g e r a t u m c o n y z o i d e s 154.66 22222 40 3.80 5.16 2.33 11.30 A l t e r n a n t h e r a s e s s i l i s 117.04 8889 19 1.52 3.91 1.11 6.54 A n a c y c l u s p y r e t h r u m 101.30 567 56 0.10 3.38 3.26 6.74 A r g e m o n e m e x i c a n a 71.23 1667 33 0.29 2.38 1.92 4.58






IVI

A z o l l a p i n n a t a 31.67 5556 33 0.95 1.06 1.92 3.93 B i d e n s p i l o s a 28.78 2778 80 0.48 0.96 4.66 6.09 B o e r h a v i a d i f f u s a 66.25 1111 11 0.19 2.21 0.64 3.04 B r a c h i a r i a r e p t a n s 13.16 2222 50 0.38 0.44 2.91 3.73 B u t e a m o n o s p e r m a 37.01 1556 22 0.27 1.24 1.28 2.78 C a l e n d u l a o f f i c i n a l i s 29.61 1111 22 0.19 0.99 1.28 2.46 C a l o t r o p i s p r o c e r a 107.35 4444 11 0.76 3.58 0.64 4.99 C a s s i a t o r a 55.95 3889 14 0.67 1.87 0.81 3.35 C e n c h r u s c i l l i a r i s 28.96 4444 75 0.76 0.97 4.37 6.09 C h a r a g l o b u l a r i s 13.41 4444 22 0.76 0.45 1.28 2.49 C o m m e l i n a b e n g h a l e n s i s 65.85 5000 11 0.86 2.20 0.64 3.69 C y n o d o n d a c t y l o n 214.38 244444 22 41.84 7.16 1.28 50.28 C y p e r u s r o t u n d u s 69.11 15556 44 2.66 2.31 2.56 7.53 D i g i t a r i a c i l i a r i s 74.12 8333 47 1.43 2.47 2.74 6.64 E l e u s i n e i n d i c a 103.44 12556 100 2.15 3.45 5.82 11.42 E r a g r o s t i s t e n e l l a 183.33 11167 9 1.91 6.12 0.52 8.56 E u p h o r b i a h i r t a 131.75 4444 33 0.76 4.40 1.92 7.08 E v o l v u l u s a l s i n o i d e s 91.61 12222 33 2.09 3.06 1.92 7.07 E v o l v u l u s n u m m u l a r i s 29.34 35556 56 6.09 0.98 3.26 10.33 I p o m o e a c a r n e a 64.65 35000 21 5.99 2.16 1.22 9.37 O c i m u m a m e r i c a n u m 81.62 1778 22 0.30 2.73 1.28 4.31 P a s p a l i d i u m f l a v i d u m 101.94 10556 21 1.81 3.40 1.22 6.43 P a s p a l u m d i s t i c h u m 38.34 40000 67 6.85 1.28 3.90 12.03 P a s p a l u m s c r o b i c u l a t u m 21.27 7222 23 1.24 0.71 1.34 3.29 P h y l l a n t h u s n i r u r i 40.22 23333 44 3.99 1.34 2.56 7.90 P h y s a l i s p e r u v i a n a 27.78 8889 19 1.52 0.93 1.11 3.55P o l y g o n u m c u p s i d a t u m 59.54 1556 100 0.27 1.99 5.82 8.08 P a r t h e n i u m h y s t e r o p h o r u s 41.09 556 100 0.10 1.37 5.82 7.29 R i c i n u s c o m m u n i s 53.30 889 75 0.15 1.78 4.37 6.30 S i d a a c u t a 72.55 1667 33 0.29 2.42 1.92 4.63 S i d a c o r d i f o l i a 51.03 1702 14 0.29 1.70 0.81 2.81 S o l a n u m n i g r u m 19.95 2222 44 0.38 0.67 2.56 3.61 S o l a n u m v i a r u m 33.66 222 25 0.04 1.12 1.46 2.62 T r i b u l u s t e r r e s t r i s 43.87 5556 11 0.95 1.46 0.64 3.06 T r i d e x p r o c u m b e n s 39.21 5667 26 0.97 1.31 1.51 3.79 T r i u m f e t t a r h o m b o i d e a 41.93 5556 22 0.95 1.40 1.28 3.63 W i t h a n i a s o m n i f e r a 56.61 4444 11 0.76 1.89 0.64 3.29 X a n t h i u m i n d i c u m 89.49 1111 11 0.19 2.99 0.64 3.82 Z i z i p h u s n u m m u l a r i a 102.74 444 53 0.08 3.43 3.08 6.59






IVI

Z i z i p h u s o e n o p l i a 17.88 347 67 0.06 0.60 3.90 4.56 2995.00 584229 1718 100 100 100 300

a . Fau nal Di v er s i ty

To prepare a detailed report on the status of wildlife biodiversity in 10 k m radial area (Study Area) around the proposed Project affected area to assess the impacts due to construction and operational activity and evolve suitable mitigation measures to protect and conserve wildlife biodiversity following components were studied:

a) Wildlife survey (diversity) b) Habitat study (feeding, breeding, roosting areas) c) Distribution of birds d) Rare & Endangered species of fauna e) Specific local characteristics of biodiversity in study area

i . Meth od ol og y f or Fa una l Stud y A linear transect of 1 k m each was chosen for sampling at each site. Each transect was trek k ed for 1.5 h for sampling of animals through the following methods. For sampling butterflies, the standard ‘ Pollard Walk ’ method was employed and all the species were recorded daily. Voucher specimens of the species that could not be identified in the field were collected using of a butterfly net besides photographing them. For sampling birds, ‘ point sampling’ along the fixed transect (foot trails) was carried out. All the species of birds were observed through a binocular and identified with the help of field guides and photographs. For sampling mammals, ‘ direct count on open width (20m) transect’ was used. In addition, information on recent sightings/records of mammals by the villagers and locals was also collected. In case of reptiles mainly lizards were sampled by ‘ direct count on open width transects’ . i i . Sta tus of Fa una All three sites of the projected affected area are completely covered with grasses and have no major faunal diversity. Therefore we prepared a complete check list of fauna from project affected area and surrounding of project affected area. The list of fauna along with their relative abundance, global and national conservation priority status recorded during the survey is given in the Ta b l e 3.19 to Ta b l e 3.21.

Ta b l e: 3.18 Ch eck l i s t of Ma mma l s Common Na me Sci enti f i c Na me Sta tus Jack al C a n i s a u r e u s [ LC] Schedule-II Palm Squirrel F u n a m b u l u s p e n n a n t i i [ LC] Schedule-IV Nilgai B o s e l a p h u s t r a g o c a m e l u s [ LC] Schedule-IIICommon Langur S e m n o p i t h e c u s e n t e l l u s [ LC] Schedule-II Monk ey R h e s u s M a c a q u e s [ LC] Schedule-II Wild Boar S u s s c r o f a [ LC] Schedule-III Hare L e p u s n i g r i c o l l i s [ LC] Schedule-IV [ VU] = VULNERABLE, [ LC] = LEAST CONCERN




Ta b l e 3.19: Li s t of Bi r d s Fa mi l y Sci enti f i c Na me Sta tus

1. Pod i ci p i ti d a e T a c h y b a p t u s r u f i c o l l i s [ LC] Schedule-IV 2. Pel eca ni d a e P e l e c a n u s o n o c r o t a l u s [ LC] Schedule-IV 3. Ph a l a cr ocor a ci d a e P h a l a c r o c o r a x n i g e r [ LC]

P h a l a c r o c o r a x c a r b o [ LC] A n h i n g a m e l a n o g a s t e r [ NT]

Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV

4. Ar d ei d a e A r d e o l a g r a y i i [ LC] A r d e a c i n e r e a [ LC] A r d e a p u r p u r e a [ LC] B u t o r i d e s s t r i a t u s [ LC] N y c t i c o r a x n y c t i c o r a x [ LC] B u b u l c u s i b i s [ LC] C a s m e r o d i u s a l b u s [ LC] E g r e t t a g a r z e t t a [ LC]

Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV Schedule-IV

5. Ci coni d a e M y c t e r i a l e u c o c e p h a l a [ NT] C i c o n i a e p i s c o p u s [ VU] E p h i p p i o r h y n c h u s a s i a t i c u s [ NT]


6. Th r es k i or ni th i d a e T h r e s k i o r n i s m e l a n o c e p h a l u s [ NT] P s e u d i b i s p a p i l l o s a [ LC]

Schedule-IV Schedule-IV

7. Ana ti d a e T a d o r n a f e r r u g i n e a [ LC] S a r k i d i o r n i s m e l a n o t o s [ LC] D e n d r o c y g n a b i c o l o r [ LC]


8. Ra l l i d a e A m a u r o r n i s p h o e n i c u r u s [ LC] G a l l i n u l e c h l o r o p u s [ LC]

Schedule-IV Schedule-IV

9. Ch a r a d r i i d a e V a n e l l u s i n d i c u s [ LC] P l u v i a l i s f u l v a [ LC]C h a r a d r i u s d u b i u s [ LC] T r i n g a t e t a n u s [ LC]

Schedule-IV Schedule-IVSchedule-IV Schedule-IV

10. Al ced i ni d a e C e r y l e r u d i s [ LC] A l c e d o a t t h i s [ LC] H a l c y o n s m y m e n s i s [ LC]


11. Pa s s er i d a e P a s s e r d o m e s t i c u s [ LC] Schedule-IV 12. Cor v i d a e C o r v u s s p l e d e n s [ LC] Schedule-V 13. p h a s i a ni d a e P a v o c r i s t a t u s [ LC] Schedule-I

[ NT] = NEAR THREATENED, [ VU] = VULNERABLE, [ CR] = CRITICAL ENDANGERED, [ LC] = LEAST CONCERN

Ta b l e- 3.20.: Li s t of Butter f l i es

S. No. Fa mi l y / Sp eci es Rel a ti v e a b und a nce PIERIDAE

1. Common Emigrant, C a t o p s i l i a c r o c a l e Common




2. Common Grass Yellow, E u r e m a h e c a b e Very Common NYMPHALIDAE

1. Common Leopard, P h a l a n t h a p h a l a n t h a Fairly Common 2. Lemon Pansy, P r e c i s l e m o n i a s Common 3. Great Eggfly, H y p o l i m n a s b o l i n a Common 4. Common Castor, A r i a d n e m e r i o n e Uncommon 5. Plain tiger, D a n a u s c h r y s i p p u s Common 6 Danaid Eggfly, H y p o l i m n a s m i s i p p u s Common

S e m n o p i t h e c u s e n t e l l u s S u s s c r o f a

B o s e l a p h u s t r a g o c a m e l u s

Fi g ur e 3.20: Ph otog r a p h s of Ma mma l s




Common Emigrant, C a t o p s i l a c r o c a l e Common Grass Yellow, E u r e m a h e c a b e on T r i d e x

p r o c u m b e n s

Common Leopard, P h a l a n t h a Lemon Pansy, P r e c i s l e m o n i a s

Plain tiger, D a n a u s c h r y s i p p u s Common Castor, A r i a d n e m e r i o n e

Fi g ur e 3.21: Ph otog r a p h s of Butter f l i es




White-throated Kingfisher, H a l c y o n s m y r n e n s i s A m a u r o r n i s p h o e n i c u r u s

T h r e s k i o r n i s m e l a n o c e p h a l u s I n d i a n S k i m m e r

Red Wattled Lapwing, V a n e l l u s i n d i c u s T a c h y b a p t u s r u f i c o l i s

Fi g ur e 3.22: Ph otog r a p h s of Av es b . Aq u atic B iod iv ers ity

Fish is one of the most important species of the aquatic fauna as well as important source of protein in human food. Since, topographical and climatologically condition of Sonar River varies from tropical to moderate temperature region. There are significant variations in the fish species observed at different elevations. Normally the varieties of fish Ktla, Rohu, Bam, and Padan are normally observed. There is many small and big water bodies situated in Buffer zone of proposed chlorinated paraffin plasticizer unit project some water bodies are human made but some small and big water bodies are




natural. This water bodies are very rich for aquatic diversity of Pteridophytes i.e. M a r s i l e a m i n u t a , A z o l a p i n n a t a , I s o e t e s p a n c h a n a n a i , I . C o r o m a n e l i n a , S o l v i n i a a u r i c u l a t a and E q u i s e t u m r a m o s i s s i m u m . i . Ch a mb a l Ri v er Ba s i n

The Chambal River originates from Mhow near Indore in Madhya Pradesh (M.P), India and is the main tributary to river Yamuna in the central India, a part of greater Gengetic drainage system. The National Chambal Sanctury is famous for the rare Gagnetic dolphin. The Sanctury was founded in 1979 and is a part of a large area co-administered by Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, and Uttar Pradesh. Apart from the Gagnetic dolphin, the other inhabitants of the sanctury include magar (crocodile) and ghariyal (alligator), chink ara, sambar, nilgai, wolf and wild bear. Chambal, the largest tributary of the Yamuna, which in turn feeds the great Ganga, flows through three largest states of Indian Union namely Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh. The main tributaries which confluences Chambal in MP are Shipra and Choti Kali Sindh. The riparian zones represent areas of robust physico-chemical interaction between terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. . Aquatic plant species found in the river are H y d r i l l a v e r t i c i l l a t a , V a l l e s n o r i a s p i r a l i s , P o t a m o g e t o n spp., I m p o a t a t y p h a , N i t e l l a spp., C h a r a spp., and Z a m i n c h e t e a spp. i i . Pl a nk tons Plank ton, is the most sensitive floating community which is the first target of water pollution, thus, any undesirable change in aquatic ecosystem affects diversity as well as biomass of the plank ton community. Plank ton is one of the most important food items of the fishes and many other aquatic organisms. Almost all the fishes, in their larval stages were dependent on it and some of them exclusively feed on plank ton. The phytoplank ters constitute bulk of primary producers and are the base of food chains in every water body. The samples for qualitative and quantitative analysis of plank tons were collected from the sub surface layer at k nee depth. Water samples were filtered through plank ton net of 20µ mesh size (APHA, 1971). The filtered samples were concentrated by using the centrifuge. By using Lack ey’ s drops method and light microscope (Lack ey, 1938), the qualitative analysis was carried out for phytoplank ton and zooplank ton (Ta b l e 3.22). The standard flora and other literature were followed for the qualitative evaluation of Plank ton.

Ta b l e 3.21: Ph y top l a nk ton a nd Z oop l a nk tons Recor d ed i n th e Stud y Ar ea S. No. Na me of th e Genus Cl a s s CORE

AREA BUFFER AREA

( A) Ph y top l a nk ton 1 Amphora Bacillariophyceae - + 2 Cymbella Bacillariophyceae - + 3 Fragillaria Bacillariophyceae - + 4 Gomphonema Bacillariophyceae - + 5 Gyrosigma Bacillariophyceae - +6 Navicula Bacillariophyceae - + 7 Ank istrodesmus Chlorophyceae - + 8 Microspora Chlorophyceae - + 9 Netrium Chlorophyceae - + 10 Volvox Chlorophyceae - +




S. No. Na me of th e Genus Cl a s s CORE AREA

BUFFER AREA

11 Ulothrix Chlorophyceae - + 12 Spirogyra Chlorophyceae - + 13 Coelastrum Chlorophyceae - + 14 Anacystis Cynophyceae - + 15 Botryococcus Cynophyceae - + 16 Rivularia Cynophyceae - + ( B) Z oop l a nk ton 1 B r a c h i o n u s c a u d a t u s Brachionidae - + 2 B r a c h i o n u s f a l c a t u s Brachionidae - + 3 K e r a t e l l a t r o p i c a Brachionidae - + 4 M o n i a m i c r u r a Moinidae - + 5 M o i n a b r a c h i a t a Moinidae - + 6 M e s o c y c l o p s Diaptomidae - + 7 U n d i n u l a v a l g a r i s Diaptomidae - + 8 S t e n o c y p r i s Cyprididae - + 9 H e t e r o c y p r i s Cyprididae - + 10 C h y d r o u s s p h a e r i c u s chydoridae - +

c . Ag ric u ltu ral S tatu s of S tu d y Area

The major crops of study area are as follows:

Cereals Wheat, Rice, Pulses, Jowar Oilseeds Soybean, Niger, Mustard Vegetables Green Peas, Cauliflower, Ok ra, Tomato, Potato, Egg Plant, Onion, GourdFruits Guava, Orange Spices Garlic, Coriander, Ginger

3.10 Concl us i on of Bi ol og i ca l Env i r onment s tud y

Base line study for the biological environment was conducted to assess the existing condition of the 10 k m study area of the project. There are no any threatened plant species has been recorded. No any protected area was found from 10 k m radial distance. Only single species i.e. Pavo cristatus is listed in the Schedule I under Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. Wildlife conservation plan for schedule 1 species has been prepared and will be submitted to competent authority.

3.11 Soci o- Economi c Env i r onment Sur v ey of th e s tud y Ar ea

Any developmental activity exerts a direct impact on the socio-economic environment of the region. Usually, the beneficial impacts such as better job opportunities, 0improved education, communication, energy, housing, health, transportation facilities etc. outweighs the adverse impacts, if any.




The study of socio-economic component of environment is incorporating various facets, viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply, prevailing diseases in the region as well as features such as places of tourist attraction and monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the lik ely impacts due to project activity in the surrounding region.

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP is Proposing Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit with capacity of production of Chlorinated paraffin plasticizer in Phase I &II is 18000 MTPA & Hydrochloric Acid (by product) is 36000 MTPA at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh. The proposed project shall be located in 0.73Ha and is situated at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh. The land is already under the possession of project proponent.

Baseline data such as demographic pattern, occupational status, educational, health and other amenities as existing in the study area have been studied.

I. Ba s el i ne Sta tus

The latest available data has been complied to generate the existing socio-economic scenario of the study area. Information on socio-economic profile was collected from the Primary Census Abstract CD 2011 including the population details of the region.

Br i ef Pr of i l e of th e Di s tr i ct

Ujjain district is a district of Madhya Pradesh state in central India. The district has an area of 6,091 k m² , and a population of 1,709,885 (2001 census), a 24% increase from its 1991 population of 1,386,465.

According to the 2011 census Ujjain District has a population of 1,986,597. The district has a population density of 326 inhabitants per square k ilometre (840/sq mi). Its population growth rate over the decade 2001-2011 was 16.11% . Ujjain has a sex ratio of 954 females for every 1000 males, and a literacy rate of 73.55%

Vi l l a g e

The basic unit for rural areas is the revenue village which has definite surveyed boundaries. The revenue village may comprise of one or more hamlets but the entire village is treated as one unit for presentation of data.

Stud y Ar ea ( 10 k m r a d i us f r om th e Pr oj ect Si te)

The study area was defined as an area within 10 k m radius around the proposed project site. Total 45 villages are coming within the 10 k m radius of the study area. The villages are from Khacharod Tehsil of Ujjain District in the study area. The Socio-Economic Status of the study areas is mentioned below and the villages surveyed are enlisted in Ta b l e 3.23.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Madhya_Pradesh

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madhya_Pradesh

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2011_census_of_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demographics_of_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Family_planning_in_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sex_ratio

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Literacy_in_India




TABLE 3.22

LIST OF THE VILLAGES FOR FIELD SURVEY OF

SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Demog r a p h i c Str uctur e

Demographic structure of the study area was estimated for the selected parameters as households, population, sex ratio, scheduled caste, scheduled tribes, literacy from primary census abstract, CD 2011 of Madhya Pradesh State. The summarized demographic structure of the study area (Rural) with the details of the parameters of demographic structure of the villages within 10 k m

Th e d eta i l s of th e s ur v ey ed v i l l a g es of th e s tud y a r ea a r e s umma r i z ed i n th e b el ow g i v en ta b l e.

Sr .No.

Na me of th e Vi l l a g es

Ed uca ti on Fa ci l i ty

Hea l th Fa ci l i ty

Dr i nk i ng W a ter Fa ci l i ty

Sa ni ta ti on Fa ci l i ty

Emp l oy ment Sta tus

Aw a r eness a nd op i ni on a b out th e p r oj ect

1. Azimabad Pardhi

Primary(1),Middle (-), High school(-) at Nagda town about 3 k ms

No health facility in village, Government hopsital is at

Hand Pump and Borewell

No sewage system in the village, drainage system is unsatisfacto

Maximum population are engaged as agriculture

Yes, aware of the project and are expecting

Sr . No. V illag es D irec tion f rom th e Proj ec t S ite

1. Azimabad Pardhi Project Site

2. Tak rawada S

3. Nayan SW

4. Bhatisuda S

5. Malak hedi SW

6. Umarni NW

7. Simrol E

8. Nagda N




from the village Nagda 3 k ms from village

ry. labourers job opportunity

2. Tak rawada

Primary(1),Middle (1)

Primary Health Sub-Centre (PHS)

Hand Pump, tube well are the main source of water

No sewage System and drainage system

Cultivators and labourers

Yes aware about the project

3. Nayan Anganwadi (1), Primary(1),Middle (1), High school(-)

No medical facility

Villagers avail the water facility from Hand Pump(3), uncovered well

Lack of sanitation System, No garbage system

Agriculture labourers

Yes k now about the project and are expecting that the proponent should work for developing health facility.

4. Bhatisuda

Aganwadi(1)Primary (1), High School(1) at Nagda

No medical Facility

Hand Pump (4)

No sanitation and toilet facility

Laboures in agriculture

5. Malak hedi

Primary(1),Middle (-), High school(-)at Tirildih Village 4- 5 k ms from the village

PHS in village

Hand Pump (3), Government Well

No sewage System

Cultivators and labourers

Not aware about the project

6. Umarni Anganwadi (2), Primary(1),Middle (--), High school(--), college in Nagda (5 k ms)

Private Dispensary, Health Centre Nagda

Water pipeline with supply twice a day, Private

Toilets constructed but not work ing

Agriculture labourers

Yes aware of the project




Well

7. Simrol Primary (1), Middle (1-8 th class)

PHS is under construction

hand pump and Tap water

No sanitation and toilet facility, no drainage facility

Labour activity

Not aware of the project, mostly k now the Grasim industry at Nagda

Majority of surveyed population are aware about the proposed project activities but have no k nowledge about the as most of the local population will be given preference in employment and the activity will help in development of auxiliary as well as ancillary jobs in the region.

Emp l oy ment Gener a ti on ( Di r ect a nd i nd i r ect)

It is estimated that total 18 persons will be required for the proposed project during operation phase I & II. Direct employment is also lik ely to be generated with the proposed project which will be economically beneficial for the development.

3.11 Tr a f f i c Stud y of th e s tud y Ar ea

Traffic study measurements were performed at single locations at National Highway-12, to assess impact on local transport infrastructure due to this proposed project. Road and highway studies are given in Ta b l e 3.24.

Ta b l e 3.23: Hi g h w a y i n th e Stud y Ar ea

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As traffic densities on the roads are high, two sk illed persons were deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertak en. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined and given in Ta b l e 3.25. Existing traffic scenario is given in Ta b l e 3.26. Modified traffic scenario is given Ta b l e 3.27.

Na me of Na ti ona l / Sta te Hi g h w a y

Di r ecti on Ra ti o i n Per centa g e ( % ) Up Dow n

SH-17 Jaora Ujjain 100 Tota l 100%




Ta b l e 3.24: No. of Veh i cl es p er Da y S.no Veh i cl es Di s tr i b uti on Numb er of

Veh i cl es Di s tr i b uti on/ Da y

PCU Tota l Numb er of Veh i cl e i n

PCU

Tota l Numb er of Veh i cl e

( PCU) / Hour SH- 17 SH- 17 SH- 17

1. Cars 1150 1 1150 48 2. Buses 733 3 2199 92 3. Truck s 975 3 2925 122 4. Two wheelers 1325 0.5 662.5 28 5. Three wheelers 815 0.75 611.25 25

Tota l 4998 7547.75 315

Ta b l e 3.25: Ex i s ti ng Tr a f f i c Scena r i o a nd LOS Roa d V ( Vol ume i n PCU/ h r ) C ( Ca p a ci ty i n PCU/ h r ) Ex i s ti ng V/ C Ra ti o LOS

SH-17 315 1250 0.25 B Note: Th e ex i s ti ng l ev el i s “ v er y g ood ” f or SH - 17.

V/ C LOS Per f or ma nce0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good/ Average/ Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor 0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

Dur i ng Pl a nt Op er a ti on

S. No. Ty p e of Veh i cl e

Ad d i ti ona l Veh i cl e Per d a y

PCU Tota l Numb er of Veh i cl e i n PCU/ d a y

PCU/ Hr

1. Truck 15 3 45 1.8 2. 3 Wheeler 5 0.75 3.75 0.15 3. 2 Wheeler 20 0.5 10 0.414. Bus 5 3 15 0.625

5. Car 10 1 10 0.41 Tota l 73.75 3.395

Ba s i s No. of v eh i cl e x 2 ( Up a nd Dow n)




Ta b l e 3.26: Mod i f i ed Tr a f f i c Scena r i os a nd LOS Roa d Incr ea s ed PCU’ s -

Sta te/ Na ti ona l Hi g h w a y

V C Mod i f i ed V/ C Ra ti o

LOS

SH-17 100* 3.395 315 + 4 = 319 1250 0.26 B 3.11.1 Tr a f f i c Stud y Concl us i on The LOS values from the proposed project are same as earlier value “Very Good” for SH-17. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not lik ely to have any significant adverse effect.




Fi g ur e 3.23: Tr a ns p or ta ti on Ma p of Stud y Ar ea




CHAPTER- 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Intr od ucti on Prediction of impacts is the most important part of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of project developmental activities on environment. Such predictions are overlaid on the baseline (proposed project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. It helps to prepare the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which is required to be executed during the on-going activities for the proposed project to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality. The mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause-effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In case, mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify/validate a model for a particular situation, predictions could be made through available scientific k nowledge and judgments. The environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are link ed directly to the project, secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the effects on social and economic patterns of the surrounding. The impacts prepared for the proposed project are based on the assumption that the pollution continues to remain the same during the operation of the project. The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases.

• Temporary or short term effects caused during construction phase • Long term effects caused during operational phase.

Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the proposed project includes: • Identification of all components of the proposed project and the environmental

impacts that may be caused due to the proposed project. • Evaluation of the impacts i.e. qualitative and quantitative assessment of the impacts. • Communication to the general public, interested parties and controlling authorities.

The construction and operational phase of the proposed Project comprises of various activities each of which may have an impact on some or other environmental parameters, which have been studied to estimate the impact on the environment. 4.2 Amb i ent Ai r Q ua l i ty Mod el i ng b y ISCST3 Di s p er s i on Mod el ISCST3 Di s p er s i on Mod el

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a wide range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses urban dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). Emission sources are categorized into four basic types of sources, i.e., point sources, volume sources, area sources, and open pit sources. The volume source option and the area source option may also be used to




simulate line sources. The model assumes receptors on flat terrain. The ISC short term area source model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula. This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line or Volume sources simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration of the pollutant can be predicted.

• Mod el Op ti ons Us ed For Comp uta ti ons The options used for short-term computations are:

• The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of the mixing layer;

• Stack tip down-wash is not considered; • Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion

during the ascension phase; • Calms processing routine is used by default; • It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physio-chemical

transformation and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition; • Washout by rain is not considered; • Flat terrain is assumed / used for computations; • Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations; and • The model computations have been done for 10 k m with 100 m grid interval.

• Ga us s i a n Pl ume Mod el Ground Level Concentration ( ) (GLC) from a point source at any receptor is given by -

= Q g 1 g 2 - (USEPA ISCST3, 1987)

where, g 1 = exp(-y2/2 y2) g 2 = exp[ -(z-H)2/2 z2] + exp[ -(z+ H)2/2 z2] Q = source strength Z = receptor height above the ground He = effective stack height (Plume rise + Physical stack height)u = wind speed at stack level

y & z = dispersion parameters

( 2 y z u )




Fi g ur e 4.1 – Ga us s i a n Pl ume Mod el

• Di s p er s i on Pa r a meter s Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used, as the project is located on in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).

Ta b l e 4.1 - Di s p er s i on p a r a meter s a s p er s ta b i l i ty cl a s s

Sta b i l i ty Cl a s s y

z

A 0.22x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.20x B 0.16x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.12xC 0.11x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+ 0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+ 0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+ 0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+ 0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+ 0.0003x)-1

• Pl ume Ri s e Plume rise h has been determined according to Brigg’ s formula (CPCB guideline)

h = 21.425 F3 4 for F< 55 Us

h = 38.71 F3 5 for F> 55




Us

F = g VsD2 (Ts-Ta)/4Ts Where Us = wind speed at stack level (m/s) Vs = stack gas velocity (m/s) Ts = stack gas temperature (0K) Ta = ambient temperature (0K) F = Buoyancy flux parameter (m4/s3)

h = Plume rise (m) D = Diameter of the stack (m) g = acceleration due to gravity, 9.807 (m/s2) Sta ck Deta i l

Ta b l e 4.2 – Sta ck d eta i l s Loca ti on Ca p a ci ty Sta ck

Hei g h t ( m) Sta ck

Di a meter ( m)

PM10 Emi s s i on

g / s

SO2 Emi s s i on

g / s

NOx Emi s s i on

g / s DG Set (1) 280 KVA

(for Power back up only)

6 0.2 0.001 0.0347 0.0011

4.2.1 Meteor ol og i ca l Da ta

The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of pollutants and buildup of pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study, one season (March 2018 – May 2018) meteorological data has been tak en to find the dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing height for study period, which is an important parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has been tak en from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (S.D. Attri et al., 2008). Windrose diagram of one season meteorological data used for modeling is shown given below in Fi g ur e 4.2.




Fi g ur e 4.2 - W i nd r os e Di a g r a m




Res ul ts

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of PM10 wiz. 95.10 ug/m3 was predicted inside the study area. As the distance from source increases, the incremental concentration of PM10 drops drastically due to settling of PM10 particles under gravity.

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of SO2 wiz. 18. 632 ug/m3 was predicted inside the study area.

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of NOx wiz. 56.630 ug/m3 was predicted inside the study area.

Ta b l e 4.3 – Pr ed i cted GLC of PM10 a t Amb i ent Ai r Q ua l i ty Moni tor i ng Sta ti ons

Loca ti on Cod e Loca ti on Na me Pa r a meter

Ma x Ba s el i ne

Conc. ( µ g / m3)

Pr ed i cted GLC ( µ g / m3) – ISCST3

Mod el

Cumul a ti v e GLC

( µ g / m3)

A1 Project site PM10 88.50 0.0221 88.522 SO2 14.30 0.5920 14.892 NOx 36.40 0.1980 36.598

A2 Nagda PM10 95.10 0.0054 95.105 SO2 13.70 0.1430 13.843 NOx 46.30 0.0764 46.376

A3 Dibari PM10 87.90 0.0075 87.908 SO2 15.60 0.2008 15.801 NOx 44.50 0.0367 44.537

A4 Nayan PM10 85.30 0.0075 85.308 SO2 15.30 0.2000 15.500 NOx 30.30 0.0690 30.369

A5 Simrol PM10 88.40 0.0050 88.405 SO2 18.50 0.1323 18.632 NOx 56.60 0.0297 56.630

A6 Banbana PM10 90.30 0.0036 90.304 SO2 15.30 0.0962 15.396 NOx 49.60 0.0212 49.621

A7 Umarna PM10 86.20 0.0045 86.204 SO2 12.50 0.1190 12.619 NOx 44.50 0.0464 44.546

A8 Bhatisuda PM10 87.50 0.0027 87.503 SO2 15.60 0.0727 15.673 NOx 45.20 0.0350 45.235




The contour maps showing the predicted concentration levels of PM10, SO2, and NOx are presented in Fi g ur e 4.3, Fi g ur e 4.4 and Fi g ur e 4.5.

Fi g ur e 4.3 – Sp a ti a l Di s tr i b uti on of p r ed i cted GLC of PM 10

Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit by M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP at village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh

D raf t EIA/EMP Report


Fi g ur e 4.4 – Sp a ti a l d i s tr i b uti on of p r ed i cted GLCs of SO2




Fi g ur e 4.5 – Sp a ti a l d i s tr i b uti on of p r ed i cted GLCs of NOx




4.2.2 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on Ai r Env i r onment

Imp a cts

• During construction phase, suspended particulate matter will be the main pollutant, which will be generated due to the site development activities and vehicular movement, because of vehicular traffic there may be a marginal increase in the concentrations of NOx and SO2. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction phase only. Proper upk eep and maintenance of vehicles, sprink ling of water on roads at construction site, providing sufficient vegetation etc. are some of the proposed measures that would greatly reduce the impact on the air quality during the construction phase of the project. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction phase only and will be confined within the project premises.

Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es

• The following air pollution control systems are to be installed in this project to reduce the anticipated adverse impacts: Air quality marginally may get affected due to emissions generated from burning fuel In boiler and D.G. sets; they are Particulate matter and small amount of SOX an NOX.

• Additional 33% area will be developed as Green belt for proposed expansion which will acts lik e adsorbent of air pollutants. To combat fugitive emissions roads are paved and regularly swept.

• Water sprink lers are provided for suppression of dust. Vehicular exhaust is being maintained by providing regular maintenance and servicing of vehicles. Same will be continued for future also.

4.2.3 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on W a ter Env i r onment

The industrial effluent generated from the plant will cause adverse effect on surrounding and on human health Imp a ct

• Chemicals in water can have serious health effects lik e Typhoid, Cholera, Paratyphoid, fever Bacillary dysentery.

• The main problem caused by water pollution is that it k ills life that depends on these water bodies.

• Plants and crop will not survive due contaminated water. Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es

• Water conservation plan will be carried out by recycling and reuse of treated sewage in gardening, steam recovery from boiler which will reduce the fresh water demand. Ra i nw a ter h a r v es ti ng will be done to reduce the fresh water demand.

• Proper storage area will be proposed with lining to avoid leak age. • Daily inspections are carried out, on each site, of high risk items such as storage

tank s to check for damage and signs of wear. Bunds, smaller storage containers and general housek eeping are often check ed on a daily or week ly basis.




Bud g et Rs . 2 La k h s has been allocated for Green Belt Development. Rs . 5 La k h s has been allocated for Rain Water harvesting system.

4.2.4 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on Soi l Env i r onment Imp a ct

• High concentrations of chemical may cause damage to the developing brains of young children, which in turn may lead to neurological problems. Humans of any age may also suffer k idney or liver damage.

• When Animal eat the polluted plants that can cause serious impact on them. • Plants that are grown in lightly polluted soil continuously absorb molecules of the

pollutants. Since the plants cannot get rid of these molecules, they accumulate in the plant, causing higher amounts of pollution to exist in the plant than in the soil.

Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es • No toxic /waste water will be disposed directly on land. • Vegetation will be done on uncovered soil.

4.2.5 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on La nd Cov er / La nd Us e • Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no

Impact on Land use during operation phase. • It is proposed to plant trees.

4.2.6 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on Noi s e Env i r onment

Imp a ct • Decreases the efficiency of a man. • Lack of concentration. • Causes Blood Pressure.

Temporary or permanent Deafness Noise pollution damage the nervous system of animal. Animal looses the control of its mind. They become dangerous.

There should be cool & peaceful environment for their better growth. Noise pollution causes poor quality of crops in a pleasant atmosphere.

Loud noise is very dangerous to buildings, bridges and monuments. It creates waves which struck the walls and put the building in danger condition. It weak ens the edifice of buildings.


•PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. •Vibration pads shall be installed for major equipments. •All the major noise generating equipments shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures. •DG set shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures.

4.2.7 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es d ue to Sol i d / Ha z a r d ous • Soil contamination due to exposure of waste can cause serious impact. • Solid/ Hazardous waste disposed into will be sent to TSDF- site.

4.2.8 Imp a ct Scor i ng a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es d ue to Ri s k a nd Ha z a r d




Imp a cts • Chances of accident may increase due to purposed Activity. • Spillages/leak ages • The discharge of waste material (stack emission, wastewater and solid wastes), from

process operations will cause ill health of the work ers.


• Smok e and fire detection, fire hydrant & nozzle installation etc. as indicated above shall be included as part of all major units at the proposed project.

• Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator’ s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps, fire alarm stations, etc.

• Chlorine detectors and Chlorine arresting k its would be provided at relevant locations. • For chlorine tonners following control/containment measures are recommended.

• Auto chlorine leak absorption system would be provided to absorb the leak ed chorine from the tonners/system.

• To prevent the large release of chlorine to atmosphere, monitoring and feedback facilities for early detection leak s and emergency shutdown shall be provided.

• There should be facilities in the form of water curtain for absorption of chlorine released during an emergency as chlorine is highly soluble in water.

• Flow control valves at k ey points would be installed to prevent excess chlorine flow from the tonner with multiple level safety per line.

• All the person handling chlorine is being trained at chemical alk alis plants. • Air pollution control system is adopted so that ambient air pollution is not more than

3mg/nm3 permitted by pollution control board. • HNP storage tank has been k ept at least 25 ft. away from chlorine header and

reactor. • Chlorine toners are k ept under shed so that no exposure is made to any source of

direct heat. • All the equipments is being painted from time to time for any possible corrosion. • Ammonia torch is k ept ready for detection of any leak age of chlorine. • Water should never be used on chlorine leak age. H2O+ Cl2 = HCl + Hocl Hocl = = = = HCl+ H2O • HCl is strong corrosion medium. • In case of valve leak in tonner the tonner should be rolled, so that the valves are in

vertical plane with leak ing valve above. 4.2.9 Imp a ct a nd Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es on Ecol og y a nd Bi od i v er s i ty

• There are no National Park s and Protected Sanctuaries within the study area, no impact is anticipated on the same. For estimation the adverse impact of the proposed project on sensitive area, air quality modeling has done and Air quality modeling results shows that no adverse impact on sensitive area.

• In spite of there being no impact, efforts will be made not only to maintain the ecological balance of the surroundings but also to improve upon the same.




• The attributes that are identified to describe ecology are animals, birds, fish, field crops, threatened species, natural vegetation etc. The study area does not have any identified endangered species, Forest, National Park , Sanctuaries and hence there is no question of any adverse impact on the same. Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es

Emphasis will be placed on social forestry program wherein tree plantation would be undertak en within the plant premises. The tree plantation under this program would help in absorbing atmospheric heat, noise as well as pollutants. Hence, all efforts will be put-up by the project proponent to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology and Green

4.2.10 IMPACT ON SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Critically analyzing the existing environmental status of the socio-economic profile and visualizing the scenario with the project, the impacts of the project would be varied and may generate both positive and negative impacts of the proposed project in the region that are stated below.

Pos i ti v e Imp a cts

No Reh a b i l i ta ti on

The land for the proposed project is already under the possession of project proponent. 0.73Ha. Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, Dist: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh. So, the villages and their inhabitants at the project site will not be disturbed from their settlements due to the proposed project.

Incr ea s e i n Job Op p or tuni ti es

As per the survey it has been observed that the population in general do not have opportunities of earning from employment and the non work er population is higher in the region so the project in general will help to provide direct jobs will be provided to 18 persons and indirect job opportunities for auxiliary and ancillary work s etc.

No b ur d en i n th e ex i s ti ng Inf r a s tr uctur e Fa ci l i ti es

Local work force will be given first preference in the activity due to which influx of the outsiders is not envisaged or it will be very minimal. Thus, there will not be the necessity of provision of housing facility for the local work ers and not stressing on the existing civic amenities of the area. If sufficient number of local work ers will not be available, then work ers from outside will be engaged. For the outside work ers if any, housing arrangement and the facilities will be provided at the project site.

Imp r ov ement i n Inf r a s tr uctur e

The activity will benefit the local people due to provision of more infrastructural facilities such as developments of approach routes within the village area, street light, health facilities etc.

Ag r i cul tur e




The agricultural activities are seen in the areas where there is sufficient soil cover. The buffer zone will remain undisturbed and no adverse impact is envisaged.

Ad v er s e Imp a cts : Imp a cts on Huma n Hea l th The project will have impact due to air pollution on the core zone villages near to the Project site during the construction activity. The impact from the air emissions are controlled efficiently using air pollution control equipments and stack s will be designed in such a manner that in future after the implementation of the project. Imp a cts on Ag r i cul tur e Productivity of crops may be deteriorated affecting the agriculture based livelihood due to the pollution arising out of the project activity, if proper mitigation measures are not implemented.

MITIGATION MEASURES OF SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Adequate measures have been envisaged in the project design to control air & noise pollution. Proposed adequate & effective control measures will be provided which include dust suppression Awareness programs shall be arranged on health, hygiene and sanitation Periodic health check up camps, eye check -up camp shall be organized by project authority for villagers, contract laborers, employees and their family Apart from the normal health check up, emphasis shall also be given to prevent specific diseases originating due to emission of different pollutants such as respiratory ailments, sk in problems, water borne diseases, hearing abilities etc. Job oriented training courses must be organized through industrial / technical training institutions for educated youth lik e electrical, tailoring, plumbing, type writing, shorthand and machine repairing, welding fabrication, and other sk ill developing trades Whenever necessary, collaboration between project authority and local bodies will be done on regular basis with an objective to build and maintain a good relationship which is necessary for smooth functioning of the project as well as progress and welfare of the people in the study area Awareness programs will be tak en to mak e people aware about the environmental protection, need of water conservation etc. At the work place, first aid facilities shall be maintained at a readily accessible place with necessary appliances including sterilized cotton wool etc. Ambulance facility shall also be provided during emergency Sufficient supply of water fit for drink ing shall be provided at suitable places. Sanitary facilities shall be provided at accessible place within the work zone and k ept in a good condition.




4.3 Ra i nw a ter Ha r v es ti ng Rep or t

4.3.0 Intr od ucti on:

Rainwater harvesting is the accumulation and deposition of rainwater for reuse on-site,

rather than allowing it to runoff. Rainwater can be collected from surface runoffs or roofs,

and in many places the water collected is redirected to a deep pit (well, shaft, or borehole),

a reservoir with percolation, or collected from dew or fog with nets or other tools. Its uses

include water for domestic use, irrigation purpose, industrial uses etc. The harvested water

can also be used as drink ing water, longer-term storage and for other purposes such

as groundwater recharge.

Ad v a nta g es of Ra i nw a ter Ha r v es ti ng :

Rainwater harvesting provides an independent water supply during regional water

restrictions and in developed countries is often used to supplement the main supply. It

provides water when there is a drought, can help mitigate flooding of low-lying areas, and

reduces demand on wells which may enable groundwater levels to be sustained. It also

helps in the availability of potable water as rainwater is substantially free of salinity and

other salts. Application of rainwater harvesting in urban water system provides a substantial

benefit for both water supply and wastewater subsystems by reducing the need for clean

water in water distribution system, less generated storm water in sewer system, as well as a

reduction in storm water runoff polluting freshwater bodies.

There has been a large body of work focused on the development of Life Cycle Assessment

and Life Cycle Costing methodologies to assess the level of environmental impacts and

money that can be saved by implementing rainwater harvesting systems.

Ta b l e- 4.4: Ar ea Sta tement of Pr oj ect Ar ea

Sr . No. Ty p e of Ar ea Ar ea i n Sq . m

1 Rooftop Area of buildings / sheds 1552.85

2 Road / Paved Area 990.546

3 Green Belt Area 2409

4. Open Area 2348

Tota l Pl ot / La nd Ar ea 7300

Des i g ni ng of Ra i nw a ter Ha r v es ti ng Sy s tem:

https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Rainwater_harvesting

https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Rainwater_harvesting/Rooftop_rainwater_harvesting

https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Rainwater_harvesting/Groundwater_recharge/Wells,_shafts,_and_boreholes

https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Rainwater_harvesting/Fog_and_dew_collection

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drinking_water

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Groundwater_recharge

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_urban_water_management

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water_supply

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wastewater

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clean_water



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stormwater

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sewer_system




In designing any rainwater harvesting structure, capturing rainfall and runoff for local use is

the k ey concept. Hard surface such as roof pavements and roads that decrease groundwater

percolation constitute catchments and generate the high runoff which has to be diverted in

to the storage tank & recharged in to ground water regime through simple filtration &

injection well system for subsequent extraction by service wells. To improve water

availability, rainwater harvesting is the most imminent & long-term solution.

In view of above, rainwater-harvesting structures at this point can serve the purpose of

arresting roof top rainwater and runoff generated through roads in the area. The design is

based on average annual rainfall, peak rainfall intensity and the intak e capacity of the water

by the aquifers. In order to determine intak e capacity of water by unsaturated zone &

aquifers zone, the recharge tests were carried out in the investigated area.

For good design of rainwater harvesting, following points are to be k ept under

consideration:

a) Ideal location with good ground slope.

b) The location has adequate subsurface permeability of the aquifer to accommodate

maximum recharge of rainwater through injection well.

c) Rate of filtration should exceed average rainfall intensity.

d) Clogging of filtration media should be cleaned periodically.

e) Ground water pollution does not tak e place.

Roof top Ra i n W a ter Ha r v es ti ng :

Total rooftop area of the plant is 1552.85m2 that may be connected through pipes and

drains to Rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation

pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment

area and average rainfall intensity. Look ing in to the average rainfall in this region and roof

top area of the building rain water harvesting structures are designed in such a way that the

cumulative runoff has to be preserved in such a way that water does not spill over and the

entire rainwater falling over the total area goes in to the ground water body. Following

dimensional parameters are considered for design of Rainwater harvesting system in the

plant premises.

Total Rooftop Area 1552.85m2




Roa d / Pa v ed Ar ea Stor m W a ter Runof f Ha r v es ti ng : In road storm water harvesting system, drains may be made on both the sides of roads with

iron net filter of 5 mm opening at every 20 m. Rainwater falling on the road/paved area is

carried through these drains to rainwater harvesting structure and allow to in filtered in

groundwater regime. This will improve groundwater quality as well as quantity in and

around the plant premises. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of

road storm water harvesting system in the plant premises.

Total Road / Paved Area 990.55 m2

Average Rainfall 914 mm = 0.914 m

Catchment factor for Road 0.60 m3

Total Runoff from Road/Paved Area 990.55X.914X0.60 = 543.22 m3/year

Gr een Ar ea Ra i nw a ter Ha r v es ti ng : The total green area of plant premises is 76989.00which may be connected through pipes

and drains to rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the

percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall,

catchment area and average rainfall intensity. Following dimensional parameters are

considered for design of green area rainwater harvesting system in the plant premises.

Total Green Area 2409 m2


Catchment factor for Green Area 0.40

Total Runoff from Green Area 2409 X.914 X0.40 = 880.73 m3/year

Op en Ar ea Ra i nw a ter Ha r v es ti ng : The total green area of plant premises is 2348 sq. m which may be connected through pipes and drains to rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and average rainfall intensity. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of open area rainwater harvesting system in the plant premises.

Average Rainfall 914mm = 0.914m

Catchment factor for Roof top 0.90

Total Runoff from rooftop 1552.85X.914X0.90 = 1277.37 m3/year




Total Open Area 2348 m2


Catchment factor for Open Area 0.15

Total Runoff from Open Area 2348 X.914 X0.15 = 321.91 m3/year

Des i g n of Ra i n W a ter Ha r v es ti ng Pi t

Des i g n cons i d er a ti ons :

The important aspects to be look ed into for designing the rainwater harvesting system to

augment ground water resources are:

• Hydrogeology of the area including nature and extent of aquifer, soil cover,

topography, depth to water level and chemical quality of water.

• The availability of source water one of the prime requisite for ground water

recharge, basically assessed in terms of non-committed surplus monsoon runoff.

• Area contributing runoff lik e area available, land use pattern, industrial, greenbelt,

paved areas, roof top area etc.

• Hydro metrological characters l i k e rainfall duration, general pattern and

intensity of rainfall.

Comp uta ti on of Ra i nf a l l & a p p r oa ch f or Ar ti f i ci a l Rech a r g e to Gr ound w a ter :

Implementations of recharge mechanisms shall ensure the balance between the discharge

vis-à -vis recharge relationships of the aquifer system and improve in the groundwater

quality. The normal annual rainfall in the said area is 914mm. The implementation of

rainwater harvesting structures are generally done by diverting the runoff generated from

the catchment area, roof top areas, paved areas, roads and greenbelt areas for recharging

in to the ground water system. Rainwater harvesting mechanism is done here through

rooftop, road, pavement, open area and greenbelt area within project premise.

Ra i n W a ter Ha r v es ti ng & Ar ti f i ci a l Rech a r g e w i th i n Pr oj ect p r emi s es :

Based on the site plan of the project area, the computation of rainfall runoff of entire

project premises has been work ed out and the details are tabulated below:

Sr .No Ar ea Ty p e Ar ea i n Sq . m

Runof f Coef f i ci ent

Annua l Ra i nf a l l i n

Tota l Av a i l a b l e




Meter Runof f i n m3 / y ea r

1 Roof Top 1552.85 0.90 0.914 1277.37

2 Road/Paved Area 990.546 0.60 0.914 543.22

3 Green Area 2348 0.40 0.914 880.73

4 Open Area 2409 0.15 0.914 321.91

Tota l 7300 2973.23

From the above computation, it is evident that a total quantum nearly of 2973.23 m3 of rain

water can be generated annually. In order to design the recharge structure, hourly intensity

of rainfall is considered to be 30 mm/hr has been tak en into account and the details are

tabulated below:

Sr .No Ar ea Ty p e Ar ea i n Sq . m

Runof f Coef f i ci ent

Hour l y Ra i nf a l l Intens i ty

Tota l Av a i l a b l e Runof f p er h our

1 Roof Top 1552.85 0.90 0.03 41.93

2 Road/Paved Area 990.546 0.60 0.03 17.83

3 Green Area 2348 0.40 0.03 28.18

4 Open Area 2409 0.15 0.03 10.84

Tota l 7300 98.78

It has been work ed out that total runoff generated within project premises per hour with 30

mm/hr intensity of rainfall shall be 98.78 m3/hr.

Q ua ntum of Ra i nw a ter r ech a r g e th r oug h i nd i v i d ua l r ech a r g e Str uctur e: 1. Volume of water within free Board (Settlement Chamber) = 2 m x 2 m x 3m = 12 m3 2. Volume of water in Gravel filled Part I.e. Volume of water within the pore spaces of sand, gravel filled part @ 40% . = 2 m x 2 m x 3m x 0.40= 4.8 m3 3. Volume of water in Recharge Well through which recharge will be done Intak e capacity of recharge well = 36,000 lph = 36 m3/hr. Therefore, Total volume to be recharge through an individual structure will be = (12 + 4.8 + 36)




= 52.8 m3/hr Thus, the rain water recharging pit can accommodate 52.8m3/hr of the rain water. Therefore, total number of Rainwater harvesting pit is required = 98.78/52.8 = 1.87= 2 Numbers

Fi g ur e- 4.6 : Sch ema ti c Di a g r a m of Rech a r g e Pi t

-----------------------------



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Final EIA Pa g e | 94 ( Ch a p ter 5)

CHAPTER - 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGIES

5.1 PREAMBLE Site Selection depends Land availability socio-economic The Following Factors were considered during site finalization:

Project location a a e a a a a . Te h e

5.2 SELECTION OF PROJECT LOCATION

• Big mark et of HCL in nea I e e as, ha a a a h h s P Plasticizer.

• All MP and near border state rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Chattisgarh area has also good demand for our man product CPP Plasticizer.

• Nagada Industrial area is well connected by road and has a good transport hub and connected rail line it is a big junction as railway and transport by train all over India is possible. Due to nearby to Kandla Port, Mumbai Pithampur JT, export and dispatch of product is easy and cost saving from this place.

5.3 SELECTION OF TECHNOLOGY

Grasim Industries is manufacturer of Caustic Soda and produces Chlorine as byproduct and chlorine is used for Chlorination of Paraffin Oil to produce CPP (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer). So it has been decided to setup plant at Nagda adjacent to Grasim Industries Boundry where Chlorine will be supplied through pipe line and sniff gas will be treated by Grasim. Agreement of chlorine supply and sniff gas treatment has already been finalized with Grasim Industries Ltd. Supply through pipeline will ensure transport cost saving and safety also (Agreement copy is attached as Annexure). As per present scheme, no process waste will be generated, if in case generated shall be stored and disposed off at Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) approved by Pollution Control Board. There is no danger of noise pollution from plant. D.G sets are provided with acoustic to control the noise level within the prescribed limit. A high standard of maintenance will be practiced for plant machinery and equipments, which helps to avert potential noise problems. There will be no waste water discharge from the plant. Zero discharge shall be maintained after the proposed expansion. 280 KVA capacity of D.G Set is proposed.

----------------



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Final EIA Page | 95 (Chapter 6)

CHAPTER - 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.0 Intr od ucti on Environmental Monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development and ensuring effective most implementation and monitoring of Environmental management plan and mitigation measures. It is also very essential to k eep updating the environmental management system for effective conservation of environment along with ongoing project activities/operation. The environment monitoring plan enables environmental management system with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management, improvement and conservation. It provides exact idea for mitigation measures to be implemented as it is link ed with actual distraction of environmental quality due to the project activities. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters of environmental quality is very essential in the routine activity schedule of project operation. An Environmental Monitoring Program shall be scheduled for the following major objectives: Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project operation/ activities. Monitoring and track ing the effectiveness of Environment Management Planand implementation of mitigation measures planned. Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to Plan additional mitigation measures.

6.1 Moni tor i ng Poi nts / Loca ti ons a nd Comp onents The environmental monitoring points shall be decided considering the environmental impacts lik ely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track , timely and regularly, the change in environmental conditions and to tak e timely action for protection of environment. The monitoring points/location and components of significance shall be as per Ta b l e 6.1.

Ta b l e 6.1: Pos t Pr oj ect Env i r onmenta l Moni tor i ng Loca ti ons

S. No. Env i r onmenta l Comp onents Moni tor i ng Poi nts / Loca ti on 1. Ambient Air Two station in project site including stack and two

in nearest settlement 2. Water Ground Water Water quality of the area was studied at

minimum 2 location near project site




Waste water • Wastewater from all sources. • Wastewater at different stages of Effluent

treatment Process. 3. Emission • At Source of emission (Stack s) from Sampling

Port/ D.G. Sets. • Process emission in work place area/ plants

(for each area/plant minimum 2 locations and 1 location outside plant area near vent)

4. Noise • At all source and outside the Plant area.• At least 5 points near/around the plant

Boundary. 5. Greenbelt/Vegetation Cover • Greenbelt Area at Boundary and Garden

6. Solid Waste • Process dust generated and collected as Solid wastes.

• Domestic Biological Solid waste before manuring and prepared manure/compost.

7. Soil • At least 2 locations from area near Solid/ hazardous waste storage/ Dumping Area.

• At least four locations from Greenbelt and area where manure of biological waste is applied.

6.2 Moni tor i ng Pa r a meter s a nd Fr eq uency The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring shall be as per Ta b l e 6.2.

Ta b l e 6.2 Pos t Pr oj ect Env i r onmenta l Moni tor i ng Pa r a meter a nd Fr eq uencySr .No Item Pa r a meter s Fr eq uency

1. Ambient Air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, etc. Twice in a week and 24 hourly at each station.

2. Stationary Emission from Stack

PM, SO2, NOx Quarterly

3. Process emission Fugitive gaseous pollutant expected. Quarterly 4. Surface water and pH, Temperature, EC, Turbidity, Total Once in three




ground water Dissolved Solids, Calcium, magnesium, Total hardness, Total Alk alinity, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, DO, COD, BOD, oil and Grease, Metals expected in effluent.

months

5 Liquid Effluent Physical and chemical parameters with organic content

Once in every week

6. Noise Equivalent noise level- dB (A) Once in a week 7. Soil and Solid

wastes pH, Humidity, Texture, Organic matter, N, P, K, Sulphate, Calcium, Magnesium, C: N ratio.

Quarterly

8. Greenbelt Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived plants/ trees, Number of poor plants/ Trees

Ongoing- round the year

9. Environmental Audit

As per Direction of ISO 14001 Once in a Year

6.3 Moni tor i ng Meth od ol og i es Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF & CC/ CPCB/ PPCB. The method followed shall be recommended/ standard method approved/ recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB. 6.4 Rep or ti ng a nd Documenta ti on The records of the monitoring program shall be k ept on regular basis for all aspects of the monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes, air emission, soil and manure / compost shall be prepared and preserved regularly. Immediately upon thecompletion of monitoring as per the planned schedule, report shall be prepared and necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concerned person. Methodology of monitoring (sampling and analysis) shall be prepared as separate documents as SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records showing results / outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the requirement of the schedule mentioned above. Regularly, these documents and records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring plan / mitigation measures / environmental technologies as well as for necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell. 6.5 Bud g et a nd Pr ocur ement Sch ed ul e On regular basis, Environment Management Cell will inspect the necessity and availability of




the materials, technologies, services and maintenance work s. The Cell will mak e appropriate budget for the purpose. Regular record review for any change in financial requirement of environment management will be done and appropriate budgetary provisions will be made. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management will be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement. The budget will include provisions for:

Environmental Monitoring Program Operation and Maintenance of Environmental Technologies / Equipments Laboratory work s for Environmental management activities Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services Greenbelt development Social and Environmental Welfare and Awareness programs / training (CSR) Annual Environmental Audit.

Capital cost of Project of the purposed project is Rs . 950 La k h s . A budget of Rs . 19 La k h s for Corporate Environmental Responsibility, budget of Rs 1 l a k h / a nnum for Occupational Health and Safety for EMP are incurred by Project Proponent. The detail of EMP is given in Chapter 10, Table 10.2 of this EIA/EMP report. 6.6 SUMMARY The environment monitoring plan enables environmental management system with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management, improvement and conservation. The environmental monitoring points will be decided considering the environmental impacts lik ely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track , timely and regularly, the change in environmental conditions and to tak e timely action for protection of environment Monitoring of environmental samples will be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes, air emission, soil and manure/ compost will be prepared and preserved regularly. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management will be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement.



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Final EIA Pa g e | 99 ( Ch a p ter - 7)

CHAPTER - 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.0 Intr od ucti on In this chapter following issues are described and have been carried out by Swastik Chloroffin LLP. • Public consultation / Public Hearing • Risk Assessment

7.1 Pub l i c Cons ul ta ti on The details are incorporated after public consultation is completed by Madhya Pradesh State

Pollution Control Board.

Fi g ur e- 7.1: Pub l i c Hea r i ng Ad v er ti s ement




Fi g ur e- 7.2: Pub l i c Hea r i ng Ph otog r a p h s




7.1.1 Pub l i c Hea r i ng Mi nutes g i v en b y MPPCB




7.1.2 Ti me b ound Acti on Pl a n f or p oi nts r a i s ed d ur i ng Pub l i c h ea r i ng d a ted on 12/ 11/ 2018 For th e p r op os ed Ch or i na ted Pa r a f f i n Pl a ti ci z er Uni t a t v i l l a g e Az i ma b a d Pa r d i Na g d a Di s tt. Uj j a i n b y M/ s Sw a s ti k Ch l or of f i n LLP i s

s ub mi tted a s f ol l ow s : - S.No. Name & address of the

person Details of comments submitted

Remedial measures proposed by project

Authority

Action Plan Timeline

1 Sh. Lok esh Yadav

Address - Jiwaji Nagar, Nagda

We have no objection to your unit but in and around the unit Medicinal Plants are to be planted and the greenbelt will be maintained.

We will try our best. Tree density of 2000 trees per hectare (600nos. of plant per acre) with local board leaf specification will be planted. A budget of Rs. 2 lak hs has been k ept for Green belt development.

6-8 months during

construction phase

2 Sh. Virendra Jagon

Address - Nagda

We have no objection to your unit but the employment shall be provided.

We will try our best. It is estimated that total 18 persons are required to ensure smooth work ing of the plant. Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and

Within 6 months from the date of operation




operation.

3 Sh. Rajesh Paliwal,

Address - Gulab bai colony, Nagda

No objection and it’ s a good effort.

--

4 Sh. Rajendra Malpani,

Address - Pardi Road, Ajimabad, Pardi

We have no objection to your unit but the employment should be provided

We will try our best. It is estimated that total 18 persons are required to ensure smooth work ing of the plant. Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation.


5 Sh. Yogesh Kumar Rathore,

Address - Nagda

Environment should not be polluted and more plants and trees to be planted. More Cleanliness should be maintained.

Pollution control measures are proposed and plantation will be done as much as possible and care will be tak en for cleanliness.

Greenbelt development/plantation will be tak en in & around the Manufacturing Unit.

6-8 monthsduring construction phase

6 Sh. Balram Khajuria,

Address - Nagda

No objection --

7 Sh. Madhusudan Nagar, No objection --




Address - Shask iya colony, birlagram, Nagda

8 Sh. Hemprak ash Gupta,

Address – Ajimabad pardi

Villager' s health and safety should be tak en care

We will try our best. CER activities will help in the improved living condition of nearby villagers. Health and blood donation camps will be organized. A budget of 19 lak hs is allocated as CER.

1 year from the date of operation

9 Sh. Shravan Kumar Sharma,

Address - Pardi

Employment will increase due to this Industry.

--

10 Sh. Narayan Singh,

Address - Pardi

Villager' s health and safety should be tak en care

We will try our best. CER activities will help in the improved living condition of nearby villagers. Health and blood donation camps will be organized. A budget of 19 lak hs is allocated as CER.

1 year from the date of operation

11 Sh. Tej Pratap s/o Sh. Ramsingh

Environment should not be polluted and

The pollution control measures are

Greenbelt development/plantation

6-8 monthsduring




Address - Pardi more plantation to be done.

proposed. Plant and Trees will be planted

will be tak en in & around the Manufacturing Unit.

construction phase

12 Sh. Suresh s/o Virendra Singh

Address - Pardi

For Employment priority should be given to of local villagers



13 Sh. Sanjay s/o Nandram

Address – Ajimabad Pardi

Along with plantation Employment should also be provided to villagers.



14 Sh. Ramesh s/o Babulal

Address - Nagda

Excellent proposal and good luck

--

15 Sh. Ramsingh s/o Jivan Singh

Good for city --




16 Sh. Ajay s/o Sh. Mahendra Meena

It is an Important achievement for the city

--

17 Sh. Subash s/o Govind Bodana

Care should be tak en for Environment, plants and trees should be planted, employment should be given to local villagers and Rules regulations of industry shall be followed.

Agreed Environmental measures are proposed which includes wet scrubber, Transfer through Pipeline and due compliance will be done for MOEF&CC, CPCB and SPCB

Within 6 months from the date of operation and Grant of CTO from MPPCB

18 Sh. Jamnalal s/o Nahar Ji

Address - Nagda

It is an Important scheme for the city

--

19 Sh. Anil s/o Sh. Krishna Chand Sharma

Address - Prak ash Nagar, Nagda

No objection and Industry Management Should Tak e care of Environment, more plantation to be done and employment should be given to local villagers

We will try our best. Greenbelt development/plantation will be tak en in & around the Manufacturing Unit.

Direct & Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation.

6-8 monthsduring construction phase




20 Sh. Jaydeep Singh s/o Mangal Singh

Address - Ramnagar, Pardi

Due to this industry new opportunities for employment will arise, More plants and trees to be planted, Local villagers shall be given Employment


Direct & Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation.

6-8 months during construction phase

21 Sh. Tapan s/o Sh. Ateen Muk herjee

Address - Pardi

Employment to be given to locals and Environment and Health related rules to be followed

We will try our best. Direct & Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation. Health and blood donation camps will be organized


22 Sh. Sharavan Kumar s/o Sh. Mahavir Prasad

Address - Ramnagar, Pardi

Environment should not be polluted and green environment and Industry related rules shall be followed



23 Sh. Ashok s/o Sh. Ratan Lal New Employment --




Parmar

Address - Pardi

opportunity shall be provided.

24 Sh. Anil s/o Sh. Modan Lal Parmar

Address - Pardi

Due to this industry new employment opportunities will rise

--

25 Sh. Abhay Nagar

Address - Birla gram, Nagda

In the event of emergency chlorine discharge and polluted water shall not be released to avoid opposite impact on Environment

All safety related measures will be tak en so that in the event of emergency chlorine discharge and polluted water release shall be stopped

Chlorine detectors and Chlorine arresting k its would be provided at relevant locations.


26 Smt Pooja w/o Sh. Sanjay(Sarpanch)

Address – Ajimabad Pardi

No objection --

27 Sh. Satyanarayana s/o Sh. Ramnath Sharma

Address - Birlagram, Nagda

Environment safety, development of the area and employment of people

We will try our best. Direct & Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation. Health and blood donation camps will be organized



Final EIA/E


7.2 Ri s k As s es s ment

7.2.1 Intr od ucti on

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. Identification of causes and types of hazards is the primary task for planning for risk assessment. Hazard can happen because of the nature of chemicals handled and also the nature of process involved. So, for risk analysis first step is to identify the hazardous chemicals which are to be studied for risk analysis.

It involves the identification and assessment of risk s at the project site and in the neighboring population who could get exposed to, as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough k nowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc.

In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risk s in the proposed power plant, maximum credible accident analysis, consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad identification of risk s involved in the plant.

7.2.2 Ch emi ca l Ha z a r d s i d enti f i ed a t M/ s . Sw a s ti k a Ch l or of f i n LLP

Identification of Hazardous Chemicals is done in accordance with The Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. Schedule-1, of the Rule provides a list of the Toxic and Hazardous chemicals and the flammable chemicals. It defines the flammable chemicals based on the flashpoint and boiling point.

" Major accident hazards (MAH) installations" is defined as the isolated storage and industrial activity at a site handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or, in excess of the threshold quantities specified in Column-3 of Schedule-2 and 3 respectively.

Schedule-3 has classified hazardous substances in an operating plant into 5 groups and has provided the threshold quantities for application of above rules.

Group1 & 2 – Toxic substances Group 3 – Highly reactive substances Group 4 – Explosive substance Group 5 – Flammable substances The following Ta b l e- 7.1 shows the list of major chemicals stored onsite which have been identified as hazardous chemicals in The Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 and which are to be considered as Major accident hazards (MAH) installations.


Final EIA/E


7.2.2.1 Ha z a r d Id enti f i ca ti on Ri s k As s es s ment

1. Chlorine toners- 15 Nos. Each Capacity of 900 Kg

2. Pipeline of Chlorine from Grasim is AG, Length- 100m, Dia- 2inch

3. Total Day storage capacity of HCL at site will be Maximum 1 day, 5 No. HCL Tank (Each 40 Tonnes)

4. Sodium Hypochlorite

5. Chlorinated paraffin wax

Ta b l e- 7.1: Ha z a r d ous Ch emi ca l s Ha nd l ed ons i te

S. No. Ch emi ca l Na tur e of Ch emi ca l ( Sch ed ul e 1 & 3)

Stor a g e Q ua nti ty

Th r es h ol d q ua nti ty f or MAH

1. Fuel Oil Highly Flammable 3750 KL* 2500 tonnes 2. Chlorine Toxic – Group 2 25 tonnes* 10 tonnes 3. Hydrochloric Acid Hazardous 250 tonnes Not considered 4. Sodium Hypochlorite Hazardous 24 tonnes Not considered

* To be considered as MAH

The chemicals which are stored more than the threshold quantities are considered for major accident hazard.

1. Fuel oil (LDO/HFO), used as supportive fuel in the boiler, and is classified as Highly Flammable liquid as its flash point remains within 30oC–90oC. Its threshold quantity is 2500 tonnes.

2. Chlorine is a toxic gas and its MAH quantity is 25 tonnes. A substantial release will then form a vapour cloud. As the cloud travels under the influence of wind, it disperses and its concentration becomes further diluted and at some distance concentration becomes non-hazardous.

3. Hydrochloric Acid, sodium hypochlorites are hazardous chemicals but are not included in Schedule-3 for MAH.

7.2.2.2 Ex p l os i on h a z a r d s ca n ta k e p l a ce d ue to th e f ol l ow i ng r ea s ons a l s o:

a ) Bur s ti ng of Pi p e Li nes , Ves s el s

• Water / Steam pipes due to high pressure/ temperature • Gas lines and Acid lines.




• Acid/Alk ali tank s• Gas Cylinders • Compressed air header• Compressed air receivers • Electrical Hazards • Fire Hazards

b ) Fa i l ur e s cena r i o/ Rel ea s e of Li q ui d p os i ng r i s k a r e l i s ted b el ow :

• Spillage in Acid and alk ali tank s • Leak in Chlorine toners & 100m pipeline from Grasim Industries • Spillage, Leak & Catastrophic Rupture in Fuel oil tank s in fuel oil handling section

7.3 Ma x i mum Cr ed i b l e Acci d ent ( MCA) Ana l y s i s

Maximum Credible Accident Scenario involves identification of failure modes and scenarios. The MCA analysis involves ordering and rank ing of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The data requirements for MCA analysis are:

• Flow diagram and P&I diagrams

• Detailed design parameters

• Physical and chemical properties of all the chemicals

• Plant layout

• Past accident data

7.3.1 Fi r e a nd Ex p l os i on Ind ex ( FEI) & Tox i ci ty Ind ex ( TI)

Fire and Explosion Index (FEI) is useful in identification of areas in which the potential risk reaches a certain level. It estimates the global risk associated with a process unit and classifies the units according to their general level of risk . FEI covers aspects related to the intrinsic hazard of materials, the quantities handled and operating conditions. This factor gives index value for the area which could be affected by an accident, the damage to property within the area and the work ing days lost due to accidents.

Degree of hazards based on FEI and TI is given in the following Ta b l es 7.2 and 7.3 respectively.

Ta b l e 7.2: Deg r ee of Ha z a r d s Ba s ed on FEI

FEI Ra ng e Deg r ee of Ha z a r d




0 – 60 Light

61-96 Moderate

97 – 127 Intermediate

128 - 158 Heavy

159 and Above Severe

S ou rc e: D o w ’ s F i r e a n d E x p l o s i o n I n d e x H a z a r d C l a s s i f i c a t i o n G u i d e , S e v e n t h E d i t i o n , A I C h E T e c h n i c a l M a n u a l ( 1 9 9 4 )

Ta b l e 7.3 Deg r ee of Ha z a r d s Ba s ed on TI

TI Ra ng e Deg r ee of Ha z a r d

0 – 5 Light

5 – 10 Moderate

Above 10 High Preventive and protective control measures are recommended based on degree of hazard. Therefore, FEI indicates the efforts to be tak en to reduce risk s for a particular unit. FEI and TI computed for various process equipments are presented in Ta b l e 7.4

Ta b l e 7.4 Fi r e a nd Ex p l os i on Ind ex a nd Tox i ci ty i nd ex

Sr . No.

Uni t Na me FEI Ca teg or y

Fi r e a nd Ex p l os i on Ind ex

1 Oil Storage Tank 15.1 Light

Tox i ci ty i nd ex

1 Chlorine Tonner 19.35 High

2 Hydrochloric Acid storage 13.25 high

3. Sodium Hypochlorite 12.1 High

4. Chlorinated Paraffin Wax 10.2 High




Consequence Analysis is the application of the mathematical, analytical and computer models (PHAST software) for calculation of the effects and damages subsequent to a hydrocarbon/toxic release Event.

PHAST & PHAST RISK Software is used to predict the physical behavior of hazardous incidents. The model uses below mentioned techniques to assess the consequences of identified scenarios:

Modeling of discharge rates when Leak s develop in process equipment/pipe work . Modeling of the size & shape of the flammable/toxic gas clouds from releases in the

atmosphere. Modeling of the flame and radiation field of the releases that are ignited and burn as

pool fire.

7.3.2 Cons eq uence Mod el l i ng

Di s ch a r g e Ra te

The initial rate of release through a leak depends mainly on the pressure inside the equipment, size of the hole and phase of the release. The release rate decreases with time as the equipment depressurizes. This reduction depends mainly on the inventory and the action tak en to isolate the leak and blow-down the equipment.

Di s p er s i on

Releases of gas into the open air form clouds whose dispersion is governed by the wind, by turbulence around the site, the density of the gas and initial momentum of the release. In case of flammable materials the sizes of these gas clouds above their Lower Flammable Limit (LFL) are important in determining whether the release will ignite. In this study, the results of dispersion modeling for flammable materials are presented LFL quantity.

Pool Fi r e

A cylindrical shape of the pool fire is presumed. Pool-fire calculations are then carried out as part of an accidental scenario, e.g. in case a hydrocarbon liquid leak from a vessel leads to the formation of an ignitable liquid pool. First no ignition is assumed, and pool evaporation and dispersion calculations are being carried out. Subsequently late pool fires (ignition following spreading of liquid pool) are considered. If the release is bounded, the diameter is given by the size of the bund. If there is no bund, then the diameter is that which corresponds with a minimum pool thick ness, set by the type of surface on which the pool is spreading.




While modeling cases of lighter hydrocarbons in the range of ATF wherein the rainout fractionhave been minimal (not leading to pool formation) due to the horizontal direction of release, downward impingement has been considered for studying the effects of pool fire for consequence analysis only.

Pool fires occur when spilled hydrocarbons burn in the form of large diffusion flames. Calculating the incident flux to an observer involves four steps, namely

• Characterizing the flame geometry • Estimation of the flame radiation properties • Computation of the geometric view factors• Estimation of flame attenuation coefficients and computation of geometric view factors

between observer and flame.

The size of the flame will depend upon the spill surface and the thermo chemical properties of the spilled liquid. In particular, the diameter of the fire, the visible height of the flame, the tilt and drag of the flame etc. The radioactive output of the flame will depend upon the fire size, the extent of mixing with air and the flame temperature. Some fraction of the thermal radiation is absorbed by the carbon dioxide and water vapor in the intervening atmosphere. In addition, large hydrocarbon fires produce thick smok e which significantly obscure flame radiation. The calculations for radiation damage distances start with estimation of the burning velocity: Y= 92.6 e – 0.0043TbMw10-7/(D X 6)

Where, y= burning velocity in m/s Mw= molecular weight in k g/k g mol

Tb= normal boiling point The next step involves calculation of the equivalent diameter for the spreading pool- this depends upon the duration of the spill (continuous, instantaneous, finite duration etc.). This is calculated using expressions lik e:

Deq. = 2(V/3.142y)1/2

Where Deq. Is the steady state diameter of the pool in m V= liquid spill rate in m3/s

Y= Liquid burning rate in m/s

In the absence of frictional resistance during spreading, the equilibrium diameter is reached over a time given by:

Teq.= 0.949 Deq./( y X Deq.)1/3




The visible flame height is given by;

Hflame= 42Dp ((BvD/Da(gDp)1/2)0.61 Where Hflame = flame height in m

D= density in k g/m3

Da= air density in k g/m3

g = gravitational acceleration or 9.81 m/s2

The emissive power of a large turbulent fire is a function of the black body emissive power and the flame emissivity. The black body emissive power can be computed by Planck ’ s law of radiation. The general equation used for the calculation is:

EP = -0.313Tb+ 117 Where Ep is the effective emissive power in k w/m2

Tb= normal boiling point of the liquid in ° F Materials with a boiling point above 30 ° F typically burn with sooty flames-the emissive power from the sooty section is about 20 k W /m2. The incident flux at any given location is given by the equation:

Qincident = EP * t * V F

Where, Qincident = incident flux in k w/m2

t= transmitivity (a function of path length, relative humidity and flame temperature) often tak en as 1 and the attenuation of thermal flux due to atmospheric absorption ignored.

VF= geometric view factor

The view factor defines the fraction of the flame that is seen by a given observer.

V F = 1.143 (Rp/X) 1.757

Where, X= distance from the flame center in mRp= pool radius in m

Based on the radiation received, the fatality levels are calculated from Probit equation, which for protected clothing is given by:

Pr.= -37.23 + 2.56 ln (t X Q4/3) Where Pr. = Probit No.

t= time in seconds Q heat radiation in w/m2




7.3.3 Th er ma l Ha z a r d Due to Pool Fi r e

Thermal radiation due to pool fire may cause various degree of burn on human body and process equipment. The following table details the damage caused by various thermal radiation intensity.

Ta b l e 7.5: Ef f ects d ue to i nci d ent r a d i a ti on i ntens i ty

Inci d ent Ra d i a ti on ( k W / m2) Ty p e of Da ma g e

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation 1.6 No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of sk in (first degree burns are lik ely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.

25 Minimum energy required to ignite wood at indefinitely long exposure

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment

Ta b l e 7.6: Ph y s i ol og i ca l Ef f ects of Th r es h ol d Th er ma l Dos es

Dose Threshold, KJ/M2 Effect

375 3rd Degree Burn

250 2nd Degree Burn

125 1st Degree Burn

65 Threshold of pain, no reddening/blistering of sk in.

1st Degree Burn : Involve only epidermis, blister may occur; example - sun burn.

2nd Degree Burn : Involve whole of epidermis over the area of burn plus some portion of dermis.

3rd Degree Burn : Involve whole of epidermis and dermis; subcutaneous tissues may also be damaged.

Explosion may also occur due to release of natural gas through leak age. This will cause damage mainly to property.




Tox i c Rel ea s e

The aim of the toxic risk study is to determine whether the operators in the plant, people occupied buildings and the public are lik ely to be affected by toxic substances. Toxic gas cloud e.g. chlorine, etc was undertak en to determine the extent of the toxic hazard created as the result of loss of containment of a toxic substance.

Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response" is a standard maintained by the U.S.- b a s ed Na ti ona l Fi r e Pr otecti on As s oci a ti on. " f i r e d i a mond "used by emergency personnel to quick ly and easily identify the risk s posed by hazardous materials. The four divisions are typically color-coded with r ed i nd i ca ti ng f l a mma b i l i ty , b l ue i nd i ca ti ng l ev el of h ea l th h a z a r d , y el l ow f or ch emi ca l r ea cti v i ty , and w h i te conta i ni ng cod es f or s p eci a l h a z a r d s . Each of health, flammability and reactivity is rated on a scale from 0 (no hazard) to 4 (severe risk ). The numeric values in the first column are designated in the standard by " Deg r ee of Ha z a r d " using numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4)

Ta b l e 7.7: Ph y s i ol og i ca l r es p ons e to ch l or i ne concentr a ti on

Physiological Response

Concentration equal to

or greater than

ppm mg/m3

Slight symptom after several hours. 1.0 3.0

Odour detectable 3.0 – 3.5 9.0 – 10.0

Maximum allowable for exposure of 0.5 to 1 hr. 4 12

Least amount causing immediate irritation to throat. 10 – 15 30 – 45

Cause coughing 30 87

Dangerous in about 30 minutes 40 – 60 116 – 174

Lethal concentration for 50% of population after 30 minutes exposure 500 1450

Fatal in 30 min or less 1000 2900

Fatal in 10 minutes 1800 5200

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flammability

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Health

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reactivity_(chemistry)




Ta b l e 7.8: Pa s q ui l l - Gi f f a r d Atmos p h er i c Sta b i l i ty cl a s s

* * C l a s s D & F a r e c o n s i d e r e d f o r m o d e l l i n g W o r s t c a s e s c e n a r i o

Sr . No.

Sta b i l i ty Cl a s s

W ea th er Cond i ti ons

1. A Very unstable – sunny, light wind 2. A/B Unstable - as with A only less sunny or more windy 3. B Unstable - as with A/B only less sunny or more windy 4. B/C Moderately unstable – moderate sunny and moderate wind 5. C Moderately unstable – very windy / sunny or overcast / light

wind 6. C/D Moderate unstable – moderate sun and high wind 7. D Neutral – little sun and high wind or overcast / windy night 8. E Moderately stable – less overcast and less windy night thand 9. F Stable – night with moderate clouds and light / moderate wind

10. G Very stable – possibly fog

7.3.4 Sel ected W or s t- ca s e Fa i l ur e Ca s es f or Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Ta b l e 7.9: Sel ected W or s t Ca s e Fa i l ur e s cena r i os

Sl.No. Failure Scenarios Lik ely Consequences

LDO NFPA classification of Chemicals Nh= 1, Nf= 2, Nr= 0

1. 25 and 50 mm leak in Oil storage Tank Thermal radiation Flash Fire, Jet Fire, Pool Fire

2. Catastrophic failure of LDO storage tank Thermal radiation, Flash Fire, Pool Fire

Tr a ns f or mer Oi l NFPA classification of Chemicals Nh= 1, Nf= 1, Nr= 0

3. 25 and 50 mm leak in Transformer Oil storage Tank

Thermal radiation Flash Fire, Jet Fire, Pool Fire

4. Catastrophic failure of Transformer Oil Thermal radiation, Flash Fire,




storage tank Pool Fire

Ch l or i ne NFPA classification of Chemicals Nh= 4, Nf= 0 , Nr= 0

11. 5 mm leak in Chlorine Tonner for 10 PPM IDLH condition Toxic Release

12. 5 mm leak in Chlorine Transfer Piping of 2” for 10 PPM IDLH condition Toxic Release

13. Line Rupture in Chlorine Transfer Piping 2” for 10PPM IDLH condition Toxic Release

7.3.5 Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s Res ul ts

Consequence analysis was carried out for identified selected failure cases given in Ta b l e no 7.9. Damage distances for the accidental release of hazardous materials have been computed at 2F, 3D and 5D weather conditions. In these conditions, 2, 3 and 5 are wind velocities in m/s and F and D are atmospheric stability classes. These weather conditions have been selected to accommodate worst case scenarios to get maximum effective distances. DNV based PHAST Micro 6.51 software has been used to carry out consequence analysis. Consequence analysis quantifies vulnerable zones. For the selected accidental failure scenarios, after vulnerable zone is defined, measures to minimize damages caused. Results of the consequence analysis for the scenarios covered in this study are summarized in Ta b l e no 7.10 to 7.14 given below.

Ta b l e 7.10: Fl a s h Fi r e Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Scena r i o Cons i d er ed LFL Concentr a ti on

( p p m)

Lea k Si z e ( mm)

W ea th er LFL Di s ta nce ( m)

Oil Storage 8000 25 2F 11.50 3D 7.55 5D 4.64

50 2F 17.55 3D 10.39 5D 9.02

Catastrophic Rupture

2F 161.74 3D 111.94 5D 90.4




Scena r i o Cons i d er ed LFL Concentr a ti on

( p p m)

Lea k Si z e ( mm)

W ea th er LFL Di s ta nce ( m)

3D 20.77

5D 20.75


2F 15.42

3D 16.65

5D 19.29

3D 13.05

5D 12.89


2F 19.70

3D 24.08

5D 28.59

Ta b l e 7.11: Jet Fi r e Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Scena r i o Cons i d er ed Lea k Si z e ( mm)

W ea th er Da ma g e Di s ta nce ( m) f or Va r i ous Hea t Loa d s

37.5 k W / m²

12.5 k W / m²

4.0 k W / m²

Oil Storage 25 2F - 2.66 3.93 3D - 2.31 3.64 5D - 2.07 3.39

50 2F 5.92 5.94 7.77 3D 4.11 5.35 7.10 5D 3.61 4.93 6.58




Ta b l e 7.12: Pool Fi r e Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Scena r i o Cons i d er ed

Lea k Si z e ( mm)

Pool Ra d i us ( m)

W ea th er Da ma g e Di s ta nce ( m) f or Va r i ous Hea t Loa d s

37.5 k W / m²

12.5 k W / m²

4.0 k W / m²

3D - 23.09 57.81

5D - 24.24 61.72

50 30.15 2F - 33.48 76.01 3D - 34.44 85.01

5D - 35.61 91.01s


2F - 32.10 75.05

3D - 33.18 84.54

5D - 34.54 90.92

Ta b l e 7.13: Tox i c r el ea s e Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Scena r i o Cons i d er ed

IDLH ( p p m)

Lea k Si z e ( mm) W ea th er IDLH Di s ta nce ( m)

Chlorine Tonner 10 5 2F 2479.28

3D 711.22

5D 579.61

Chlorine Transfer Piping 10 5 2F 231.6

3D 70.32

5D 49.67


2F 250.61

3D 197.96

5D 146.59

3D 147.98

5D 133.48


2F 120.94

3D 83.60

5D 93.70




7.3.6 Ri s k Ev a l ua ti on

Risk is quantified in terms of probability of occurrence of hazardous event and magnitude of its consequences. The consequence modelling was carried out in order to assess the extent of damage by visualizing accidental release scenarios for various process equipments. The risk to the human due to accidental release scenarios is represented in two ways viz. individual risk and societal risk . Individual risk associated with the various equipments of Reliance Power Plant, Dahej has been evaluated by analysing various scenarios which are described in subsequent sections.

Ind i v i d ua l Ri s k

The Individual Risk (IR) level is more specifically defined as the Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA), which is the calculated annual risk loading to a specific individual or group of individuals. Clearly this depends on the amount of time in a year that the individual spends in different risk areas. The individual risk calculation tak es account of the fact that people move from one place to another.

When calculating individual risk from major accident scenarios, it is normal to tak e account of protection by buildings. Individual risk is typically depicted as contour plots on overall plot plan of a facility, the risk level falls rapidly as one moves away from the source of the leak / epicentre of potential explosions.

7.3.7 Commonl y Accep ta b l e Ind i v i d ua l Ri s k s i n Di f f er ent Des i g na ted La nd Z ones

Soci eta l Ri s k

Societal risk is used in quantified risk assessment (QRA) studies and is depicted on a cumulative graph called an F/N curve. The horizontal axis is the number of potential fatalities, N. The vertical axis is the frequency per year that N or more potential fatalities could occur, F. This risk indicator is used by authorities as a measure for the social disruption in case of large accidents.




It is normal to tak e account of protection by buildings, and people' s response. For large toxic release models, alarm and evacuation can be included. Because it is a cumulative curve, the curve always drops away with increasing N. Normally the F/N curve has a lower frequency cut-off at one in a billion (1 x10-9 /yr). Regulators often split the graph into different regions, so that different actions have to be undertak en depending on where the F/N curve falls. Sometimes a maximum limit is placed on N (number of fatalities) possible for any event.

This type of curve is normal for plant type hazardous installations where a large group of people could be affected and their location is well established (housing estates, schools etc) relative to the event location (the plant). For pipelines however, because there is no single location for an event and the population affected varies along the pipeline route, this curve is not normally generated unless a large group of people can be affected over a reasonable distance.

Uni ted K i ng d om ( Ri s k Accep ta b i l i ty cr i ter i a )

In the UK the " Control of Major Accident Hazards" (COMAH) regulations are in line with the latest EU " Seveso-2" Directive. The regulations do not formally require a quantitative risk assessment, but the guidance notes mak e clear that in some circumstances quantification will help or could be ask ed for by the UK regulator - the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) - and this is often done in practice.

To advise planning authorities on developments around industrial installations, the UK HSE has been developing risk acceptance criteria over the years. A comprehensive treatment of the subject of tolerability of risk was given in a report titled " Reducing Risk s Protecting People”. The report repeated the concept and criteria as argued by the Royal Society in 1983. It accepted the concept of tolerable Individual Risk as being the dividing line between what is just tolerable and intolerable and set the upper tolerable limit for work force fatalities at 10-3/yr (1 in a thousand) for work ers and 10-4/yr (1 in 10 thousand) for members of the public. A level at which risk s might be broadly acceptable but not altogether negligible was set at 10-6/yr (1 in a million). The region in between would be controlled by the ALARP concept.

ALARP can be demonstrated in a variety of ways, depending on the severity of the worst case scenario. These are expressed in HSE guidance to Inspectors Consultation Draft September 2002.




Fi g No. 16 : Uni ted K i ng d om Soci eta l Ri s k Gui d el i nes ( r i s k to w or k f or ce a nd p ub l i c) .

7.3.8 Res ul ts a nd Di s cus s i on

Above consequence modelling results shows that Impact Distances are well within Limits. Appropriate safety measures to control any hazardous situation will be installed to prevent loss of Life and Properties. Fi r e f i g h ti ng f a ci l i ti es a nd mea s ur es to contr ol tox i c r el ea s e s cena r i o w i l l b e i ns ta l l ed ons i te.

Risk Level estimated for Proposed Project are given below in Ta b l e No 7.15 and Fi g No. Results are well within limit set by HSE, U.K and are in the acceptable zone. Hence the proposed Project No threat to Life and Loss of Property.

Ta b l e 7.14: Tox i c r el ea s e Cons eq uence Ana l y s i s

Sl No. Ri s k ty p e Res ul ts HSE U.K Accep ta nce cr i ter i a

1. Individual Risk 8.274x 10-5/yr Upper tolerable limit for work force fatalities at 10-3/yr (1 in a thousand) for work ers and 10-4/yr (1 in 10 thousand) for members of the public. 2. Societal Risk 1.234x 10-6/yr

.




Fi g No. 17

Ri s k Lev el Vs No of Fa ta l i ti es Gr a p h

7.4 Gener a l Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es

• Fire is one of the major hazards, which can result from auxiliary fuel (LDO & Transformer Oil) storage tank s. The fire service facility shall be equipped with:

o Smok e and fire detection alarm system

o Water supply

o Fire hydrant and nozzle installation

o Foam system

o Water fog and sprink ler system

o Mobile Firefighting equipment

o First aid appliances

• Smok e and fire detection, fire hydrant & nozzle installation etc. as indicated above shall be included as part of all major units at the proposed project.

• Periodic maintenance of all protective and safety equipment.




• Wind sock s/wind cock should be installed at suitable height and with proper visibility to check the prevailing wind direction at the time of accident.

• Periodical training/awareness would be given to work force at the project as refresher courses to handle any emergency situation.

• Periodic mock drills should be conducted so as to check the alertness and efficiency of the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) and corresponding records should be maintained.

• Signboards including emergency phone numbers and no smok ing signs should be installed at all appropriate locations.

• Plant would have adequate communication system.

• All major units/equipment shall be provided with smok e/fire detection and alarm system.

• All electrical equipments shall be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode shall be periodically tested and maintained.

• Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator’ s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps, fire alarm stations, etc.

• In addition to normal lighting each installation shall be equipped with emergency (AC) and critical (DC) lighting.

• All electrical equipments shall be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, grease, etc.

• Cable routing shall be planned away from heat sources, gas, water, oil, drain piping, air conditioning ducts, etc.

• Cable route mark ers shall be provided in the permanent way at the location of changes in the direction of cables and at cable joint locations.

• Chlorine detectors and Chlorine arresting k its would be provided at relevant locations.

• There would be necessary provision for emergency stop of critical equipments from control room in the event of major leak /flash fire at Plant.

• Clearly defined escape routes would be developed for the Station tak ing into account the impairment of escape by hazardous releases and sign boards be erected in places to guide personnel in case of an emergency.

• Well defined assembly point in safe locations would be identified for personnel in case of an emergency.




• Windsock s visible from all direction would be provided. This will assist people to escape in upwind or cross wind direction from flammable releases.

• There should be an SOP established for clarity of actions to be tak en in case of fire/leak emergency.

7.4.1 Pr oj ect Sp eci f i c Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es

Ch l or i ne Tonner s a nd Ab ov e Gr ound Pi p el i ne f r om Gr a s i m Ind us tr i es , Na g d a

Gener a l Recommend a ti ons

For chlorine tonners following control/containment measures are recommended.

• Auto chlorine leak absorption system would be provided to absorb the leak ed chorine from the tonners/system.

• To prevent the large release of chlorine to atmosphere, monitoring and feedback facilities for early detection leak s and emergency shutdown shall be provided.

• There should be facilities in the form of water curtain for absorption of chlorine released during an emergency as chlorine is highly soluble in water.

• Flow control valves at k ey points would be installed to prevent excess chlorine flow from the tonner with multiple level safety per line.

• Provision for immediate evacuation of all personnel in case of accidental release of chlorine.

• Eye wash stations and emergency shower stations should be provided at appropriate locations especially in the vicinity of Chlorine storage and dosing facilities

• The stand by chlorine tonners shall be k ept/ stored at isolated covered warehouse at safe distance. It shall be provided with sufficient high (about 6 m) roof ventilation, chlorine detection and water spray system inside storage facility

• Conduct awareness programmes on regular basis in order to educate villagers around the project about the consequences of possible health hazards and their precautionary measures during accidental conditions

• In case of any tank on fire or fire in the vicinity, the cooling of adjoining tank should be resorted promptly in addition to tank on fire so that neighboring tank s does not give away.




• The night vision wind stock ing be mounted on top of administrative building, main plant building and storage tank s so that people can move in upwind directions in the event of massive spillage or tank on fire.

• No machinery of vital importance lik e fire fighting pump house, Hydrant and Fuel oil pump house shall be placed out of radiation contours of 37.5 k W/m2 heat intensity.

• Maintenance plays a vital role in proper upk eep of plant. One important function is the monitoring of equipment health, pipelines and machines. Adoption of system lik e thick ness survey (including supports) maintenance practices will improve plant performance an safety.

Sp eci f i c Mi ti g a ti ons

• All the person handling chlorine are being trained at chemical alk alis plants.

• Air pollution control system is adopted so that ambient air pollution is not more than 3mg/nm3 permitted by pollution control board.

• Wind sock has been installed and work ers are trained to go against the direction in case of accident.

• HNP storage tank has been k ept at least 25 ft. away from chlorine header and reactor.

• Chlorine toners are k ept under shed so that no exposure is made to any source of direct heat.

• All the equipments are being painted from time to time for any possible corrosion.

• Ammonia torch is k ept ready for detection of any leak age of chlorine.

• Three oxygen cylinder type gas mask and one canister type mask s is k ept ready for handling chlorine leak age.

• Graphic block absorbers with neutralizers are installed for control of HCL fumes.

• Additional chlorine valve are being used along with use of each tonner in order to give 100% reliability from valve leak /damage.

• In case of fire, chlorine cylinders shall be removed immediately from fire zone to avoid explosion .in case of non-movement of cylinder due to any reason; water will be sprayed to k eep cylinder cool.




• In case of chlorine leak age, the first step to be tak en is to remove all persons not directly connected upwind (opposite to the direction of wind), and to a higher plane in the open and only trained personnel are allowed to attend leak age, with use of gas mask .

• Water should never be used on chlorine leak age.

H2O+ Cl2 = HCl + Hocl

Hocl = = = = HCl+ H2O

• HCl is strong corrosion medium.

• In case of valve leak in tonner the tonner should be rolled, so that the valves are in vertical plane with leak ing valve above.

• Emergency k it is k ept consisting of gask et, yok es, hoods, clamps, studs, tie rod, wooden pegs, is k ept ready for use during leak age.

• All persons operating chlorine process will be trained for use of emergency k its during leak age.

• To control large accidental spillage of liquid chlorine on the floor, chilled water is sprayed so that film of chlorine hydrate is formed thus reducing the rate of evaporation from spillage. Immediate steps will be tak en to neutralize spilled chlorine with lime/caustic soda.

• Following first aid measures are provided:

i. In case of chlorine gas inhalation the patient should immediately remove to an open area where fresh air is available. Clothes are to be loosened and shoes head removed. If breathing has not ceased, the patient should be placed on his back with head and back elevated, and k ept warm. Rest in essential. If breathing has apparently ceased, artificial respiration should be given immediately. Oxygen shall be given, butter milk , lime juice, cough syrup shall be given.

ii. Ta b l ets As tema z a nd Der monor m shall be given as first measures.

iii. If eyes have been affected 2 or 3 drops of 0.5% solution of Pontocaine or Xylocaine solution shall be instilled into eyes.

iv. In case of effect on sk in, area shall be washed with soap and water and water sprayed quick ly.

• For storing more than five tonners, storage license from Dy. Chief Controller of explosive, is to be obtained. The firm will obtain such license.




7.5 Di s a s ter Ma na g ement Pl a n 7.5.1 Intr od ucti on to th e Ter m “ Di s a s ter ” The term “Disaster” refer to extensive damage of property and serious disruption both inside, outside the work system and its surrounding that can be natural or human interfered. Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors, e.g. plant failure it will normally manifest itself in three basic forms viz fire, explosion or toxic release and requires the assistance of emergency control services to handle mass devastation effectively. 7.5.2 Need of Di s a s ter Ma na g ement The aim of Disaster management plan is concerned with preventing accidents through following guidelines of good design practice, operation, maintenance and inspection, by which it is possible to reduce the risk of an accident. Since it is k nown to all it is not possible to eliminate entire risk since, absolute safety is not achievable. After Assessing and quantifying the possible scenarios, consequence analysis approach to emergency preparedness and emergency planning delineates Disaster Management Plan for both on-site and off-site. These plans are needed to be implemented in the event of a disaster. 7.5.3 Ob j ecti v e of Di s a s ter Ma na g ement Pl a n The objective of Disaster Management plan is to give a broad framed layout to tack le emergency situation that may lead to a hazardous situation. It defines detail organizational responsibilities, actions, reporting requirements, broad and specific k ey roles and responsibilities of personal with Organ grams and organisation charts. The overall objectives of the emergency plan will be:

Ensure safety of people, protect the environment To ensure localization of risk To minimize and reduce the effects of the accident on people and property. Immediate response to emergency scene with effective communication network and organized procedures To obtain and mitigate early warning of emergency conditions so as to prevent impact on personnel, assets and environment To prevent injuries by following proper onsite, offsite emergency plans that can protect personnel from the hazard.

7.5.4 Ph a s es of Di s a s ter There are various phases of Disaster including pre and Post Management of Hazardous Event that may or has occurred.




W a r ni ng Ph a s e Emergencies /disasters are generally preceded by warnings during which preventive measures may be initiated. For example uncontrollable build-up of pressure in process equipment, weather forecast give warning about formation of vapour cloud, equipment failure etc. Per i od of Imp a ct Ph a s e This is the phase when emergency /disaster actually strik e and preventive measures may hardly be tak en. However, control measures to minimise the effects may be tak en through a well-planned and ready-to-act disaster management plan already prepared by organization. The duration may be from seconds to days. Res cue Ph a s e This is the phase when impact is almost over and efforts are concentrated on rescue and relief measures. Rel i ef Ph a s e In this phase, apart from organization and relief measures internally, depending on severity of the disaster, external help are also to be summoned to provide relief measures (lik e evacuations to a safe place and providing medical help, food clothing etc.). This phase will continue till normalcy is restored. Reh a b i l i ta ti on Ph a s e

This is the final and longest phase. During which measures required to put the situation back to normal as far as possible are tak en. Check ing the systems, estimating the damages, repair of equipments and putting them again into service are tak en up. Help from revenue/insurance authorities need to be obtained to assess the damage, quantum of compensation to be paid etc. 7.5.5 K ey El ements 7.5.5.1 Ba s i s of Pl a n Hazard Identification necessitates preparation and planning the prevention and methods by

which accidental failure can be tack led without much damage to life. HAZID-HIRA and consequence analysis combines and requires planning for the following:

• Hazards from spread of fire or release of flammable from storage and process units

• Hazards due to formation of pressure waves due to vapour cloud explosion of flammable gases

7.5.5.2 Emer g ency p l a nni ng a nd Res p ons e p r oced ur e The Emergency Response Plan is plan for dealing with emergencies are implemented immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of a hazardous substance that threatens human health or the environment. The emergency response plan is reviewed and immediately amended whenever:




The plan fails in an emergency The list of emergency contacts change The list of emergency equipment changes The facility changes in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances in a way that increases the potential for fire, explosions, or release of a hazardous substance

Inci d ent Res p ons e Pl a n It is the Frame work of addressing the emergency situation arose due to failure scenario.

Incident Response Plan(IRP) and Emergency Preparedness Plan Incident Response Team (IRT) Emergency Response Team (ERT) Crisis Management Team (CMT)

7.5.5.3 Ons i te Di s a s ter Ma na g ement Pl a n Disaster management plan are prepared with an aim of tak ing precautionary step to control the hazard propagation, avert disaster, tak e action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum and follow the on-site emergency planning. 7.6 Ons i te Emer g ency Pl a ns The onsite emergency is an unpleasant situation that causes extensive damage to plant personnel and surrounding area and its environment due to in operation, maintenance, design and human error. Onsite plan will be applied in case of new Project activity. Following point are tak en into consideration:

To identify, assess, foresee and work out various k inds of possible hazards, their places, potential and damaging capacity and area in case of above happenings.

Review, revise, redesign, replace or reconstruct the process, plant, vessels and control measures if so assessed.

Measures to protect persons and property of processing equipments in case of all k inds of accidents, emergencies and disasters

To inform people and surroundings about emergency if it is lik ely to adversely affect them.

7.6.1 Di s a s ter contr ol Ma na g ement s y s tem a t M/ s . Sw a s ti k Ch l or of f i n LLP Disaster Management group plays an important role in combating emergency in a systematic manner. Schematic representation Emergency Control Management system for M/s. Swastik Chloroffin LLP and Chemicals is shown in Fi g .7.3.




Fi g .7.3: Ons i te DMP - Di s a s ter Contr ol / Ma na g ement Sy s tem

7.6.2 Emer g ency Contr ol Centr e ( ECC) An Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is established from which emergency operations are directed and co-ordinated. Centre will be activated as soon as on-site emergency is declared. The ECC will consist of one room, located in an area that offers minimal risk being directly exposed to possible accidents. During an emergency, the Emergency Management Staff, including the main controller will gather in the ECC. Therefore, the ECC will be equipped with adequate communication systems in the form of telephones and other equipments to allow unhampered organization and other nearby facility personnel. The ECC will provide shelter to its occupants against the most common accidents; in addition, the ECC’ s communication systems will be protected from possible shutdown. The ECC will have its own emergency lighting arrangement and electric communication systems operation. The ECC will always be ready for operation and provided with the equipment and supplies necessary during the emergency such as:

• Hazard identification chart, All Emergency response plans

• Population around factory

• Internal telephone connections and External telephone connections

• A list of k ey personnel, with addresses, telephone numbers, etc.

Ma i n

Contr ol l er

Inci d ent

Contr ol l er

In- ch a r g e

Secur i ty

Med i ca l Co-or d i na tor

Si te Inci d ent

Contr ol l er ( SIC)

Emer g ency

Li a s on of f i cer

Occup a ti ona l

Sa f ety Hea l th

Tr a ns p or t

Co

or d i na tor s

Per s ona l /

Ad mi ni s tr a ti v e

Ma na g er

Communi ca ti on

Of f i cer

Fi r e &

Of f i cer

H.O.D ( Pr oces s )




• Hotline connection to district collector, police control room, fire brigade, Hospital etc.

• Public address system (PAS)

• MSDS of all the materials used in Plant site

• List of dispensaries and registered medical practitioners around factory

• Area map of surrounding villages

• Note pads and ball pens to record message received and instructions

• The blown up copy of Layout plan showing areas where accident has Occurred

• Undated copies of the On-site Disaster Management Plan

• Emergency telephone numbers

• The names, phone number, and address of external agencies, response organizations and neighbouring facilities

• The adequate number of telephone

• Emergency lights

• List of fire extinguishers with their type no. and location, capacity, etc

• Personal protective equipment(PPE)

• Safety helmets

• Clock

• Material safety data sheets for chemicals handled at the facility

• Several maps of the facility including drainage system for surrounding area showing:

• Areas where hazardous materials are stored

• Plant layout

• Plot plans of storage tank s, routes of pipelines, all water permanent lines etc.

• The locations where personal protective equipment are stored

• The position of pumping stations and other water sources

• Roads and plant entrances

• Assembly areas

• Lay out of Hydrant lines

7.6.3 Rol es a nd Res p ons i b i l i ty A team of following Essential persons shall be tak ing necessary action in case of emergency. The roles and responsibilities of these personnel are defined subsequently:

• Main Controller




• Site Incident Controller(SIC) • Incident Controller (IC) • Liaison Officer• Communication Officer • Observer • Incharge (Security) • Incharge (Medical) • Shift Incharge (Security)

Ma i n Contr ol l er The Primary Controller is the employee who gives the first information about the incident/accident. He will be responsible for:

• To inform the Security office (Main Gate), & Engineers/Sr. Engineers / Shift In-Charges/HOD of Section of the aforesaid Department/Section from the nearest available telephone about the location and nature of incident.

• To assist rescue operation as well as clear obstruction, if any, in the same.

• To carry out all instructions from Incident Controller. Si te Inci d ent contr ol l er ( SIC) The Unit Head shall have overall responsibility for the factory and its personnel. In absence of Unit Head, Chairman OHS Committee shall assume the responsibility of Site Controller. His duties during emergency shall be:

• To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if employees need to be evacuated from assembly points.

• To give necessary instructions to Liaison Officer, HOD(HR&A) regarding the help to be obtained from outside agencies lik e Fire Brigade, Police and Medical

• To advise Liaison Officer to pass on necessary information about the incident to News Media and ensure that the evidences are preserved for enquiry to be conducted by statutory authorities.

Inci d ent Contr ol l er ( IC) The HOD of affected department shall have overall responsibility for controlling the incident and directing the personnel. Section In charge of the affected department shall assume the responsibility of Incident Controller(IC) in the absence of HOD of affected department. His duties during emergency shall be:

• To inform Communication Officer about the emergency, Control Center& Assembly point.

• To direct all operations̀ within the affected area with priorities for safety of personnel, to minimize damage to the Plant and environment and to minimize loss of material.




• To act as Site Controller till the later arrives.

• To advise and provide information to Fire Squad, Security Officer and Local Fire Services when they arrive.

• To ensure that all non-essential persons are sent to the assembly point. Li a i s on Of f i cer HOD (HR&A) shall be the Liaison officer. He shall be responsible for: -

• To contact Fire Brigade, Police, and Medical facilities on intimation from Site Controller & arrange for the rescue operation.

• To ensure that the casualties receive attention.

• To inform relatives of the affected employee at the earliest.

• To arrange for additional transport if required.

• To arrange for relief of personnel & organize refreshment/catering facility, in case the duration of emergency is prolonged.

• To issue authorized statements to news media and ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiry to be conducted.

Inch a r g e ( Med i ca l )On receiving the information he will reach hospital immediately and tak e following actions : -

• He will k eep necessary first aid medicines and artificial respiration equipment ready.

• Inform doctors at other places to be ready, for attending serious injury, burn cases and food poisoning

Ob s er v er

• During Mock Drill for Emergency Situations they shall be placed at different locations in plant to note down the movement and action tak en by people and give feed back to the Site Controller.

Communi ca ti on Of f i cer In-Charge (Safety) shall act as Communication officer. He shall work from Control Centre and maintain communication between relevant personnel. He shall be responsible for: -

• To apprise the site controller of the situation, based on the information received, suggest the evacuation of personnel from assembly points, if needed.

• To arrange for suitable persons to act as runners/messengers in case of failure of communication system.

• To carry out any other work s as assigned by Site Controller/Incident Controller Inch a r g e - Secur i ty




• The Incharge (Security) shall guide the crew, according to the condition of emergency site, for the actions required to handle the emergency i.e. for fire fighting, removal of debris, arresting of dust, removal of oil soak ed earth etc. He shall give instructions to Security Guards to cordon off areas as required by Incident Controller. He shall render all help to incident controller to handle the emergency and carry out the work as assigned to him.

• He shall be responsible for ensuring the discipline at control points and for preventing the entry of unauthorized persons inside the affected area as well as inside the factory during emergency.

Sh i f t In ch a r g e – Secur i ty He shall be responsible for

• To arrange the necessary help as requested by Primary Controller.

• To inform Incharge (Security).

• To blow emergency siren, if instructed by the HOD (HR&A)/Incident Controller.

• To send Ambulance near accident area.

• To rush to the accident site with fire brigade along with available trained security persons.

7.6.4 Automa ti c Fi r e Detecti on Sy s tem Unattended vulnerable premises lik e electrical control rooms, cable tunnels, MCC, oil cellars, etc. will be provided with automatic fire detection and alarm systems. 7.6.5 Ma nua l Ca l l Poi nt Sy s tems All major units and welfare/administrative building will be provide with manual call points for summoning the fire fighting crew from the fire station for necessary assistance.

7.6.6 Ma nua l Ca l l Poi nt Sy s tems The following equipment will be provided in the fire posts.

• Water tender

• Foam tender

• Portable pump

• Wireless set

• Hoses

• Hot line telephone. 7.6.7 Al a r m Sy s tem A hooter installed at the Security Office shall be blown alternately with high and low pitch for 2 minutes to indicate major emergency in the plant. In such case, all non-essential employees




are expected to gather at assembly point i.e. Company’ s Main Gate/Time Office. Signal for the clearance of emergency shall be given by blowing the hooter continuously for one minute.

7.6.8 Fi r s t Ai d

• Fully equipped Hospital with Ambulance Van is available. Doctors and nurse are available round the clock to handle any emergency in the plant. The Ambulance shall be periodically check ed through preventive maintenance programme .To ensure that the system is strictly followed, In-charge (Safety) shall cross check randomly once in a fortnight the preparedness of Ambulance as per the check list and counter sign

• The injured shall be shifted to nearby hospital, as per the opinion of the Medical Officer.

• A list of First Aid boxes is available in every department as mentioned in ECC

• Medical Officer shall ensure that refilling is done on monthly basis and he shall maintain a record of refilling.

• The names & contact numbers of trained First Aiders are provided the same is displayed at all the prominent locations in the premises.

• In case of Injury caused due to Hazardous Chemicals, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) available with the user department / Hospital shall be referred.

7.6.9 Mock Dr i l l For reviewing and assessing the level of preparedness, In-charge (Safety) shall conduct Mock trials twice in a year (one in each half) simulating the covered emergencies and will maintain records of the trials. The team of Prime & Deputy Responsible persons will review the records and events of the emergency preparedness trials along with the observations tak en by the observer and report shall be put forward to the Site Controller. Corrective and Preventive measures, if suggested/directed, will be initiated and relevant records of the same aremaintained. Fire drills will be exercised once in every six months under the leadership of Incharge (Security). The records of Fire drill will be recorded & maintained. The findings of the mock drills shall be used for improvements in preparedness and response. All team leaders shall be responsible for implementing the suggestions based on mock drill findings within reasonable time frame. 7.6.10 Tr a i ni ng On a yearly basis class room training for fire fighting and mitigating measures to be adopted to reduce environmental impact & OHS risk s, will be imparted covering at least 20% employee by the In-charge (Safety) and In-charge (Security). The records of the same are maintained. 7.6.11 Ev a cua ti on Pl a n To establish method of systematic, safe and orderly evacuation of all the occupants in case of fire or any emergency, in the least possible time, to a safe assembly point through nearest safe




means of escape. Additionally to use available fire appliances provided for controlling or extinguishing fire and safeguarding of human life.

• Facility staff will be notified of evacuation by one or more of the following method(s): Verbal, Intercom, Portable Radio, Alarm, Other

• Notification to emergency services to ECC

• Staff will follow predetermined evacuation routes and assemble at designated areas. Evacuation maps must be displayed throughout the facility.

• Individuals responsible for coordinating evacuations must confirm the process. 7.7 Of f - Si te Emer g ency Pl a nni ng The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any hazard control system. It is based on those accidents identified by the work s management, which could affect people and the environment outside the work s. Thus, the off-site plan follows logically from the analysis that took place to provide the basis for the on-site plan and the two plans therefore complement each other. The roles of the various parties that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below. The responsibility for the off-site plan will be lik ely to rest either with the work s management or with the local authority. Schematic representation of various organisation involved during emergency is shown below in Fi g .7.4. Either way, the plan must identify an emergency coordinating officer who would tak e overall command of the off-site activities. Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

• In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank ), only houses close to the fire are lik ely to need evacuation

• If fire is escalating very fast it is necessary to evacuate people nearby as soon as possible

• In acute emergency people are advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire.




Fi g . 7.4: Va r i ous Or g a ni z a ti ons Inv ol v ed Dur i ng Emer g ency

7.7.1 Or g a ni z a ti on Organizational details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control centres include name and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other k ey personnel involved during emergency. 7.7.2 Communi ca ti ons Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network , list of telephone numbers. 7.7.3 Sp eci a l Emer g ency Eq ui p ment Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, specified fire-fighting equipment, fireboats etc. 7.7.4 Vol unta r y Or g a ni z a ti ons Details of Voluntary organizations, telephone numbers nearby of hospitals, Emergency helpline, resources etc are to be available with chief authorities.

Med i ca l Ai d

Loca l Auth or i ty

Env i r onmenta l Hea l th & Sa f ety Dep a r tment

Di s tr i ct Lev el Emer g ency Commi ttee

Pl a nt Lev el Emer g encyCommi ttee

Ha z a r d w or k s Ma na g ement

Fi r e Dep a r tmen

Emer g ency Contr ol Center Ch i ef Co - Or d i na tor s

Pol i ce/ Tr a f f i c Dep a r tment

Pub l i c Ed uca ti on

EMERGENCY




7.7.5 Non- g ov er nmenta l Or g a ni z a ti ons ( NGO) NGO’ s could provide a valuable source of expertise and information to support emergency response efforts. Members of NGOs could assist response personnel by performing specified task s, as planned during the emergency planning process.

• Evacuation of personnel from the affected area

• Arrangements at rallying posts and park ing yards

• Rehabilitation of evacuated persons. 7.7.6 Ch emi ca l i nf or ma ti on Details of the hazardous substances (MSDS information) and a summary of the risk s associated with them will be made available at respective site. 7.7.7 Meteor ol og i ca l i nf or ma ti on There is to be arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at r before the time of accident and weather forecasts updates. 7.8.8 Huma ni ta r i a n Ar r a ng ements Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries.

7.7.9 Pub l i c Inf or ma ti on

• Dealing with the media-press office

• Informing relatives, etc. 7.7.10 As s es s ment

• Collecting information on the causes of the emergency

• Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan. 7.7.11 Rol e of l oca l a uth or i ty Local Authorities lik e Panchayat, Sabha, Samity, municipalities can help in combating emergency situation after assessing the impact scenario in rescue phase. 7.7.12 Rol e of p ol i ce The police is to assist in controlling of the accident site, organizing evacuation and removing of any seriously injured people to hospitals.

• Co-ordination with the transport authorities, civil defence and home guards

• Co-ordination with army, navy, air force and state fire services

• Arrange for post mortem of dead bodies

• Establish communication centre with easy contact with ECC.




7.7.13 Rol e of Fi r e Br i g a d e The fire brigade shall be organized to put out fires and provide assistance as required during emergency. 7.7.14 Med i a

• The media is to have ready and continuous access to designated officials with relevant information, as well as to other sources in order to provide essential and accurate information to public throughout the emergency and to avoid commotion and confusion

• Efforts are made to check the clarity and reliability of information as it becomes available, and before it is communicated to public

• Public health authorities are consulted when issuing statements to the media concerning health aspects of chemical accidents

• Members of the media are to facilitate response efforts by providing means for informing the public with credible information about accidents involving hazardous substances.

7.7.15 Rol e of h ea l th ca r e a uth or i ti es

• Hospitals and doctors shall be ready to treat all type of injuries to causalities during emergency.

• Co-ordinate the activities of Primary Health Centres and Municipal Dispensaries to ensure required quantities of drugs and equipment’ s

• Securing assistance of medical and paramedical personnel from nearby hospitals/institutions

• Temporary mortuary and identification of dead bodies. 7.8 CONCLUSION As discussed in above sections, adequate risk Control measures for process needs to be considered for to say that the proposed new Project Activity is not lik ely to cause major significant risk to onsite, offsite & environment. Suitable Mitigation Measures will be tak en by M/s. Swastik Chloroffin LLP Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh ensure complete work place safety. In the event of disaster onsite, offsite and all the emergency planning procedures will be followed so as to minimize the impact on work ing personnel, plant surrounding and environment.

------------------------




CHAPTER - 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPOVEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP intended to provide the following infrastructure in the study area of 10 k m radius:

a ) Roa d Tr a ns p or t: There will be improved road communication due to the proposed project and maintenance will also be done time to time.

b ) Ma r k et : Need for the proposed products are based on the demand and supply gap in the current mark et. With increasing utilization of the current products, in future, to cater the requirement of all the products, it is essential to have the proposed manufacturing unit.

c) Inf r a s tr uctur e: Creation of community assets (infrastructure) lik es Installation/ Repair of Hand Pumps/ Bore wells, Gram Panchayat dug well de-siltation and deepening, as a part of corporate social responsibility.

d ) Incr ea s i ng oth er b us i nes s op p or tuni ti es f or l oca l p eop l e- There will be scope of hiring vehicle lik e tractors & trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.

8.2 EDUCATION

The local peoples’ interest towards education will increase due to the expectation of getting jobs, especially from non-agricultural sources such as the industries in the vicinity of M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP. The project is expected to increase such aspirations by bringing opportunities of some direct and indirect employment for the local people. The general awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increase as a result of the proposed Project. The project will have positive impact on the level of education of the people.

8.3 PROPOSED CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ( CSR) ACTIVITIES

The proposed project is Greenfield project will be located in the possessed land by the project proponent. The proposed project cost is 950 lacs and the percentage of Additional Capital Investment of shall be of about 2% of the total project cost i.e. approximately 19 lacs must be invested in Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER). PROPOSED ENTERPRISE SOCIAL COMMITMENT ACTIVITIES (BASED ON PUBLIC HEARING & NEED BASED ASSESSMENT) & BUDGET




8.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Total land area of the proposed project is 0.73 ha. The greenbelt will also be developed at the site whose area is estimated as 0.24 ha. Adequate green belt provision as per MoEF&CC guideline has already been considered for proposed project development. Further, unpaved areas if any, within the plant boundary will be provided with grass cover which will also improve the plant aesthetics. Tree density of 1500-2000 trees per hectare (600nos. of plant per acre) with local board leaf specification will be planted. A budget of Rs. 2 lak hs has been k ept for Green belt development.

Sr .No. Ar ea of Concer n

Na me of th e Vi l l a g e

Rep r es ented i n Pub l i c Hea r i ng

Acti on Pl a n Bud g et Al l oca ted ( i n l a cs )

Ti me Fr a me

( Imp l ementa ti on)

1) Emp l oy ment 1. Azimabad Pardhi

2. Tak rawada 3. Bhatisuda

During construction phase, a number of activities will require people to be employed temporarily for construction work s etc. Providing Employment to local people as per the sk ill and requirement.

5 1 year

2) Hea l th Ca r e 1. Azimabad Pardhi

2. Tak rawada 3. Bhatisuda 4. Malak hedi

Mobile Health camps in villages Ambulance 24x7 made available in Hadla village-Cos t of a n Amb ul a nce- 4 l a cs

7

3-6 months

3) Ed uca ti ona l Dev el op ment

1.Azimabad Pardhi

2. Tak rawad 3. Bhatisuda

1.Construction of Toilets in Primary School:

• Primary School Azimabad ardhi

• Primary school tak rawada • Government school

Bhatisuda Cos t of Toi l et cons tr ucti on-50, 000x 3 v i l l a g es = a b out 1.5 l a k h s

2 1

4) Inf r a s tr uctur e Fa ci l i ty

Azimabad Pardhi

• Construction of Hand Pumps and Nallas in the village

5 1-2 years

Tota l 19 l a cs




8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

It is estimated that total 18 persons are required to ensure smooth work ing of the plant. Indirect employment will also be generated from the proposed project during construction and operation. The summary of direct employment estimate for the project is given in the table below:

Ta b l e 8.1 Ma np ow er Req ui r ement Des cr i p ti on

Ma np ow er

1 Manager 2 2 EHS Officer 2 3 Clerk 1 1 4 Plant operators 3 3 5 Plant Helpers 3 3 Tota l 18

8.7 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

• The Product of the proposed project CPW Plasticizer used in PVC Formulation of PVC wires, Foot wears, PVC Films, PVC Rexine Clothes, PVC Coating, Rubber gask et, Rubber belts, PVC flexible pipes, Mixing in lubrication for proper viscosity.

• HCL is a by product which is used in Pick ling of M.S ITEMS, for manufacturing of gelatine, chlorides, pesticides, dyes intermediates, pharmaceutical preparation, Rubber chemicals.

• The project site shall require no displacement of habitation as it is located away from the habitation area

• Socio-economic benefit to the locals as it would provide both direct employment and indirect employment.

• This new project will also attract generation of addition revenue to the Government by means of Taxes and duties.

• Green belt development/plantation will be tak en around the Manufacturing Unit. • Proposed CER activities will help in the improved living condition, increased literacy

rate, women empowerment, and better health care etc. • A budget of 19 lak hs is allocated as CER. • Rain water harvesting will also be done to improve ground water level budget of Rs .

5 La k h s is allotted for this.

-----------------------




CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 as amended from time to time; the chapter on “Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis” is applicable only, if the same is recommended at the Scoping Stage.

As per the ToR issued by MoEF&CC for the project, vide letter no. No.IA- J-11011/ 209/ 2018- IA- II( I) dated 27th July, 2018, the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not required.

-------------------------------



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Fi na l EIA Page | 155 (Chapter 10)

CHAPTER - 10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 Intr od ucti on Any industrial development is associated with certain positive impacts as well as some negative impacts on the environment. However, the negative or adverse impacts cannot possibly rule out scientific development. At the same time adverse impacts cannot be neglected. An Environmental Management Plan shall be formulated for mitigation of the adverse impacts and is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulation, implementation and monitoring of the environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project. The Environmental Management Plan describes in brief, the management' s plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. It also includes the development of green belts in and around the plant, proper safety of the work ers, noise control, fire protection systems and measures.

10.2 PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project work s. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

T ea a s se all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste so as to meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.

T s a e e a h e e e e a s a a s a e he e h s of environmental management.

T e ee -belt development. T e a e s for employees. T e e e a a e ha a s e a a a s e e a a e e s s e T a ea e e h a as e a a




10.3 Env i r onment Ma na g ement Pol i cy The Company is very much oblivious of its responsibility in protecting the Environment. Thus various mitigation measures as given in the report shall be tak en-up and effort will be made to nullify the effect of the Project, on the Environment, if any. Any action or effort remains incomplete, if it is not monitored properly at regular intervals and corrective measures tak en, wherever necessary. Regular monitoring has thus, been provided. The Company has a well defined policy to k eep the Environment clean. The partner’ s has decided that all effective steps shall be tak en to prevent deterioration of the existing Environment. They have formed an Environment Committee committed for this cause. The main aims under the said Policy are to:

Effectively manage, monitor, improve and communicate the environmental performance.

Tak e all reasonable steps to prevent pollution. Setrealisticandmeasurableobjectivesandtargetsforcontinualimprovementofthe

environmental performance. Comply fully with all relevant legal requirements, codes of practice and regulations. Reduce, recycle and reuse natural resources. Minimize waste and increase recycling within the framework of waste management

procedures. Identify and manage environmental risk s and hazards.

Theprojectproponentshallregularlyreviewthispolicyandensurethatcorrectiveand preventative actions are tak en in order to ensure continual improvement. To treat all the pollutants viz liquid and gaseous, which contribute to the degradation of

the environment, with appropriate technologies. TocomplywithallregulationsstipulatedbytheCentral/StatePollutionContr ards

relatedtoairemissionsandliquideffluentdischargeasperairandwaterpollutioncontrol laws. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Amendment

Rules, 2016 Toencouragesupportandconductdevelopmentalwork forthepurposeofachieving

environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management. To create good work ing conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for employees. To minimize fire and accident hazards. Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure. Preventive maintenance and regular check ing of machineries and equipments. To mak e continuous efforts in waste minimization.




For the equipments and pipelines, leak age detection and repair shall be scheduled to minimize fugitive emissions.

Continuous efforts with energy audits for the reduction of fuel and energy consumption. 10.3.1 Moni tor i ng a nd Res p ons i b i l i ti es : ( a ) For W a ter Env i r onment

The supervisor shall visit and check the devices daily. He will see that the STP is work ing properly and flow measurements are recorded properly in a register.

The effluent from the STP shall be got check ed by him in the Laboratory once a week . Any parameter going out of the prescribed limits will be reported to the General Manager for tak ing corrective action. He will pursue the matter at personal level to bring the parameters within permissible limits.

The General Manager will k eep in touch with the Environmental Consultant and seek their guidance for corrective action as and when required.

The Committee shall meet once every month to ensure implementation of the programme.

The General Manager will bring to the notice of the Managing Director any further action to be tak en to ensure environmental requirements. The Managing Director will report to he a e s, he a a e se h e e , f any.

( b ) For Ai r Env i r onment The supervisor will ensure that the APCD provided are functional at all times. Air

emissions from the stack will be got check ed by him once a month from a Laboratory to see that the limits of the various parameters are not exceeded. In case of any deviation noticed, he will inform the General Manager to tak e corrective action.

The supervisor will ensure that the water is sprink led on roads whenever transportation of material is to be done to and from the factory premises in truck s.

The General Manager will ensure that all the vehicles coming to the premises have PUC Certificates and they do not blow horn unnecessarily within the premises.

The Manager Operations will ensure that the transportation of raw materials and finished goods is done in truck s covered with Tarpaulins.

The a e s s ss a e e e a s & see ha he e e a laid-down by them, is followed meticulously by all persons in the Unit and the Environment is within the prescribed limits.

Th e cel l w i l l a l s o b e r es p ons i b l e f or moni tor i ng of th e p l a nt s a f ety a nd s a f ety r el a ted s y s tems w h i ch i ncl ud e:

Check ing of safety related operating conditions. Visual inspection of safety equipments.




Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Oth er r es p ons i b i l i ti es of th e cel l w i l l i ncl ud e: a s a a e a A A P e s e e a e e e a e

to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare he e a A e T e e e a s a e se s & A h a

( &A) a s e a e a e Submitting environmental monitoring repor P a a e he e e s e he a e a a as e he e e e P The e a s a e

a e e e eas es as e e s es e he a Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection. Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of work ers and advise on corrective actions, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. Conducting safety and health audits to ensure that recommended safety and health measures are followed.

Ta b l e 10.1 Res p ons i b i l i ty of Env i r onment Ma na g ement Cel l S. No.

Des i g na ti on Nos . Res p ons i b i l i ty

1 Top Management

01 Communicate company strategy to board of directors. Attend board meetings. Work with audit committee to prepare budgets. Analyze financial reports for environmental protection measures. Report and share information with the board to ensure they are k ept fully informed on the condition of the organization and important factors influencing it. Participate in and nurture broad network s of alliances with others to exchanges k nowledge and information about learning and change in support of change initiatives.




2 General Manager

01 Sets goal, monitor work , and evaluate results to ensure that departmental and organizational objectives and operating requirements are met and are in line with the needs and mission of the organization.Supervision, public relations, mark eting, profitability and sales, service, reporting, capital requirements, and other duties as assigned by the board of directors. Managing all the Environmental issue. Ensure appropriate EHS supervision of Employee. Check ing of non compliance /violations of environmental norms.

3 Manager (EHS) 01 Develop performance standards. Handle claims and complaints promptly. Developing and promoting a vision of EHS. Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. Submitting environmental

e P Reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental

s he a e s he a 4 Supervisor 01 Report to Manager EHS.

Provide information, training and supervision. Assist in preparation of risk assessments. Reporting to EHS hazardous and incidents.

5 Chemist 01 Report to Manager EHS. Tak ing responsibilities of all environmental issue as assigned by Manager EHS.

6 ETP Operator 01 Report to Manager EHS. Tak ing responsibilities of all environmental issue as assigned by Manager EHS.

7 Work er (Safety) 01 Report to Supervisor for safety issues. Conducting regular safety drills and training programs. Conducting safety and health audits.

8 Work er (Environment)

01 Report to Supervisor for environmental issues. Conducting Environment audits.




10.4 Bud g ets f or Env i r onmenta l Ma na g ement Pl a n On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity and availability of the materials, technologies, services and maintenance work s. The Cell shall mak e appropriate budget for the purpose. Regular record review for any change in financial requirement of environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Along with other budgets, get for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement. The budget shall include provisions for: Environmental Monitoring Program Operation and Maintenance of Environmental Technologies / Equipments Laboratory work s for Environmental management activities Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services Greenbelt development Social and Environmental Welfare and Awareness programs / training (CSR) Annual Environmental Audit. The total capital investment on environmental control measures is envisaged to be about Rs 37 La k h s out of a total project cost of Rs .950 La k h s . Details are given in Ta b l e- 10.2.

Ta b l e 10.2 EMP Cos t Deta i l s S. No.

Particulars Initial Cost (Lakhs)

Recurring Cost (Lakh)

1. Air Pollution Control ( Wet scrubber, Graphite absorber, separator)

15 3

2. Wastewater Treatment 5 33. Fire and Safety 10 24. Green Belt Development/Solid Waste

Disposal 2 0.5

5. Rain Water harvesting 5 16. Environmental Monitoring - 27. Occupational Health - 1

Total 37 12.5

Table 10.3: Budget for Conservation/Management Plan

S. No. Component Budget in Rs (Lakh)

1 Planting of trees groves in surrounding area and Promotion of agro

forest in villages planting fruits trees

8.00




2 Artificial nests, feeding and watering arrangement for animals 1.00

4 Workshops, Training and awareness programs 1.00

5 Water supply 1.00

6 Contingency 1.00

Total 12.00

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -




CHAPTER – 11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.0 INTRODUCTION

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP is proposing manufacturing Unit with capacity of production of Chlorinated paraffin plasticizer in Phase I &II is 18000 MTPA & Hydrochloric Acid (by product) is 36000 MTPA at Village Azimabad Pardi Nagda, District: Ujjain, State: Madhya Pradesh, adopting modernized machineries and equipment and novel process technologies, with waste minimization techniques. The project is established over an area of approx. 0.73 Ha. The proposed project is manufacturing Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and its byproducts i.e. HCL, Chlorine, H.N.P/N.P/L.N.P/L.P and sodium hypochlorite. The number of work ing days is upto 300 days. As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006, as amended on 25th June 2014, the project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 5(f) as project falls in outside the Industrial area and the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry 2) of MoEF&CC has issued Standard ToR for the proposed project vide file No. No.IA- J- 11011/ 209/ 2018- IA- II( I) on dated 27th July 2018. 1. Pr oj ect Deta i l s

Na me of th e comp a ny

M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP

Ca p i ta l cos t of Pr oj ect

Rs. 950 Lak hs

Cos t f or EMP

Initial cost is 37 Lak hs and recurring cost 12.5 lak hs/annum

Cos t of CER

19 Lak hs

2. Cos t of OH& S

1 Lak h/Annum

3. Pr oj ect Req ui r ement

Land requirement

0.73 Ha.

Proposed Production

36000 MTPA

Water W a ter r eq ui r ement– 93KLD




requirement & its source

Source - Bore well for which the permission will be tak en from CGWB.

Electricity requirement & its source

Pow er r eq ui r ement - 190 KW. Sour ce - Madhya Pradesh Electricity board

Manpower requirements

18

4. W ASTE W ATER GENERATION

There will be no waste water discharge from the plant. Zero discharge shall be maintained after the proposed expansion.

5. Sol i d w a s te Gener a ti on

As per present scheme, no process waste will be generated, if in case generated shall be stored and disposed off at Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) approved by Pollution Control Board

6. Ha z a r d ous W a s te Gener a ti on

Used oil from machineries/D.G. Set will be carefully stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by Central Pollution Control Board for the treatment of the sam11. Suitable care will be tak en so that spills / leak s of used oil from storage could be avoided.

11.2 Env i r onmenta l Ba s el i ne Stud y The generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and information from the site and surroundings was carried out during 1s tMa r ch to 31s tMa y 2018.

S. No Pa r a meter s Ba s el i ne Sta tus 1. Ambient Air Quality

i. PM10 66.4 µ g/m3 and 95.1 µ g/m3 ii. PM2.5 32.2 µ g/m3 and 50.3 µ g/m3.

iii. SO2 5.3 µ g/m3 & 18.5 µ g/m3 iv. NO2 14.2 µ g/m3 & 56.6 µ g/m3 v. CO 0.56 µ g/m3&1.42µ g/m3

Values are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB. 2. Noise Level Monitoring

i. Day Time (6: 00 a.m. to 10: 00 p.m.) 46.28 Leq dB and 60.21 Leq dB ii. Night Time (10: 00 p.m. to 6: 00 a.m.) 38.23 Leq dB and 53.10 Leq dB




The observed noise levels were found below the stipulated standards of CPCB. 3. Soil Quality and Characteristics

i. pH 6.87- 8.02 ii. Organic Matter 0.72% -0.86% .

iii. Nitrogen 267.00 Kg/ha. to 383.00 Kg/ha iv. Phosphorus 16.14 Kg/ha. to 27.82 Kg/ha

v. Potassium 308.00 Kg/ha. to 460.00 Kg/ha 4. Ground Water

i. pH 7.15 to 8.30. ii. Total Hardness 264.53 – 437.26 mg/L.

iii. Total Dissolved Solids 560 to 956.00 mg/L. iv. Fluoride 0.72 to 1.52. v. Chloride 118.37 to 286.00.

The concentrations were found to be within permissible limits.(Compared with IS 10500: 2012)

11.3 Mi ti g a ti on Mea s ur es f or contr ol of Pol l uti on

11.3.1 Ai r Pol l uti on Contr ol Plant will install 25 feet block condenser of graphite block and coolers of graphite block for control of HCL fumes. HCL vapor gas from reactor is passed on separator and from separator to graphite bloc absorber. Present air pollution control system proposed will limit free chlorine is 3mg/nm3 (1PPM) in ambient air

11.3.2 W a s te W a ter Tr ea tment There will be no waste water discharge from the plant. Zero discharge effluent concepts to be adopted.

11.3.2 Noi s e Ma na g ement There is no danger of noise pollution from plant. The green belt will (plantation of dense trees across the boundary) help in reducing noise levels in proposed plant as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations, and transportation.

11.3.3 Sol i d W a s te Ma na g ement As per present scheme, no process waste will be generated, if in case generated shall be stored and disposed off at Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) approved by Pollution Control Board. Used oil from machineries/D.G. Set will be carefully stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by Central Pollution Control Board for the treatment of the same. Suitable care will be tak en so that spills / leak s of used oil from storage could be avoided.

11.3.4 Od our Ma na g ement • Proper housek eeping. • Spraying of Anti Odorous Chemicals wherever required.




• Use of Personal Protective Equipments lik e; nose mask s, googles for individuals work ing in Plant Area.

• Green belt will be maintained to control the odour problem; About 33% of the total area is under the green cover.

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ( EMP) Break up of EMP cost of the proposed project is given in the Table below: - S. No.

Pa r ti cul a r s Ini ti a l Cos t ( La k h s )

Recur r i ng Cos t ( La k h )

1. Air Pollution Control (Multiple Cyclone, Bag filter)

15 3

2. Wastewater Treatment 5 3 3. Fire and Safety 10 2 4. Green Belt Development/Solid Waste

Disposal 2 0.5

5. Rain Water harvesting 5 1 6. Environmental Monitoring - 2 7. Occupational Health - 1 Tota l 37 12.5

11.5 Cor p or a te Env i r onment Res p ons i b i l i ty ( CER) The proposed project is Greenfield project will be located in the possessed land by the project proponent. The proposed project cost is 920 lacs and the percentage of Additional Capital Investment of shall be of about 2% of the total project cost i.e approximately 19 lacs must be invested in Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER).

Break up of CER of the proposed project is given in the below: - Sr .No.

Ar ea of Concer n

Na me of th e Vi l l a g e Rep r es ented i n Pub l i c Hea r i ng

Acti on Pl a n Bud g et Al l oca ted ( i n l a cs )

Ti me Fr a me

( Imp l ementa tion)

1 Emp l oy ment

1. Azimabad Pardhi

2. Tak rawada 3. Bhatisuda

During construction phase, a number of activities will require people to be employed temporarily for construction work s etc. Providing Employment to local people as per the sk ill and requirement.

5 1 year

2 Hea l th Ca r e 1. Azimabad Pardhi

Mobile Health camps in villages Ambulance 24x7 made available

7

3-6 months




2. Tak rawada 3. Bhatisuda 4. Malak hedi

in Hadla village-Cos t of a n Amb ul a nce- 4 l a cs

3 Ed uca ti ona l Dev el op ment

1.Azimabad Pardhi

2. Tak rawad 3. Bhatisuda

1.Construction of Toilets in Primary School:

• Primary School Azimabad ardhi • Primary school tak rawada • Government school Bhatisuda

Cos t of Toi l et cons tr ucti on-50, 000x 3 v i l l a g es = a b out 1.5 l a k h s

2 1

4 Inf r a s tr ucture Fa ci l i ty

Azimabad Pardhi

• Construction of Hand Pumps and Nallas in the village

5 1-2 years

Tota l 19 l a cs 11.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Biological environment of the area was studied during the study period. There is no Bio-sphere Reserve, National Park s, Wildlife Sanctuary, Tiger Reserve and Elephant Reserve within 10 k m radius of the project site. Only one endangered species Indian Peafowl is reported in the area and conservation plan will be prepare and incorporate in EIA report.

11.7 DEMOGRAPHY& SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Ujjain district is a district of Madhya Pradesh state in central India. The district has an area of 6,091 k m² , and a population of 1,709,885 (2001 census), a 24% increase from its 1991 population of 1,386,465.

According to the 2011 census Ujjain District has a population of 1,986,597. The district has a population density of 326 inhabitants per square k ilometre (840/sq mi). Its population growth rate over the decade 2001-2011 was 16.11% . Ujjain has a sex ratio of 954 females for every 1000 males, and a literacy rate of 73.55%

As per provisional reports of 2011 India census, population of Nagda in 2011 is 100,039; of which male and female are 51,373 and 48,666 respectively.

The no. of literates in Nagda are 71,472, out of which 40,073 are male and 31,399 are femal11.

Nagda has an average literacy rate of 80.71% , above than the national average of 74.04% : male literacy is 88.43% , and female literacy is 72.62% .In Nagda, 11.48% of the population is under 5 to 6 years of ag11.According to 2011 census data, Hinduism is majority religion in Nagda city with 81.68% followers. Islam is second most popular religion in city of Nagda with approximately 14.58% following it. In Nagda city, Christianity is followed by 0.81% , Jainism by 2.09% , Sik hism by 0.53% and Buddhism by 0.53% . Around 0.00% stated ' Other Religion' and approximately 0.29% stated ' No Particular Religion. Total number of household in the study area is about 11807 with total population of about 58072 with male population is 29610(50.98% ) and female population is

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Madhya_Pradesh

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madhya_Pradesh

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2011_census_of_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demographics_of_India




https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sex_ratio

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Literacy_in_India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Census




28462(49.01% ).The average family size is about 4.9 persons per family. Out of the total population, the population of children within the age of 0-6 age-group is about 9012 (15.51% )

11.8 SELECTION OF LOCATION Grasim Industries is manufacturer of Caustic Soda and produces Chlorine as byproduct and chlorine

is used for Chlorination of Paraffin Oil to produce CPP (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer). So it has been decided to setup plant at Nagda adjacent to Grasim Industries Boundry where Chlorine will be supplied through pipe line and sniff gas will be treated by Grasim. Agreement of chlorine supply and sniff gas treatment has already been finalized with Grasim Industries Ltd. Supply through pipeline will ensure transport cost saving and safety also (Agreement copy is attached as Annexure). Nagada Industrial area is well connected by road and has a good transport hub and connected rail line it is a big junction as railway and transportr by train all over india is possibl11. Due to nearby to Kandla Port, Mumbai PithampurJT, export and dispatch of product is easy and cost saving from this plac11. 11.9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 11.9.1 Ri s k As s es s ment & Da ma g e Contr ol

Risk assessment is the determination of quantitative and qualitative value of risk related to a concrete situation and a recognized threat. Activities requiring assessment of risk due to occurrence of most probable instances of hazard and accident are both onsite and off-site.

11.9.2 Ma x i mum Cr ed i b l e Acci d ent Ana l y s i s ( MCA)

Increasing fatal accidents that have occurred during transportation, Handling, operation, Process have to be tak en into consideration and, therefore have prompted the Ministry of Environment and Forests &Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, to mak e Risk Assessment a mandatory requirement for all Industry sector.

MCA stands for Maximum Credible Accident or in other words, an accident with maximum damage distance, which is believed to be probable. MCA analysis does not include quantification of the probability of occurrence of an accident. In practice the selection of accident scenarios for MCA analysis is carried out on the basis of engineering judgment and expertise in the field of risk analysis especially in accident analysis.

11.9.3 Meth od ol og y of MCA Ana l y s i s

The MCA analysis involves ordering and rank ing of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The data requirements for MCA analysis are:

• Operating manual • Flow diagram and P&Id diagrams




• Detailed design parameters • Physical and chemical properties of all the chemicals • Detailed plant layout • Detailed area layout • Past accident data Analysis

Fol l ow i ng s tep s a r e i nv ol v ed i n th e MCA a na l y s i s :

• Identification of potential hazardous sections and representative failure cases • Visualization of release scenarios considering type and the quantity of the hazardous

material • Damage distance computations for the released cases at different wind velocities and

atmospheric stability classes for heat radiations and pressure waves

11.10 Pos t Pr oj ect Env i r onmenta l Moni tor i ng Pa r a meter a nd Fr eq uency Sr .No Item Pa r a meter s Fr eq uency

1. Ambient Air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, etc. Twice in a week and 24 hourly at each station.

2. Stationary Emission from Stack

PM, SO2, NOx Quarterly

3. Process emission Fugitive gaseous pollutant expected. Quarterly 4. Surface water and

ground water pH, Temperature, EC, Turbidity, Total Dissolved Solids, Calcium, magnesium, Total hardness, Total Alk alinity, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, DO, COD, BOD, oil and Grease, Metals expected in effluent.

Once in three months

5 Liquid Effluent Physical and chemical parameters with organic content

Once in every week

6. Noise Equivalent noise level- dB (A) Once in a week7. Soil and Solid

wastes pH, Humidity, Texture, Organic matter, N, P, K, Sulphate, Calcium, Magnesium, C: N ratio.

Quarterly

8. Greenbelt Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived plants/ trees, Number of poor plants/ Trees

Ongoing- round the year

9. Environmental Audit

As per Direction of ISO 14001 Once in a Year




11.11 PROJECT BENEFITS

• The Product of the proposed project CPW Plasticizer used in PVC Formulation of PVC wires, Foot wears, PVC Films, PVC Rexine Clothes, PVC Coating, Rubber gask et, Rubber belts, PVC flexible pipes, Mixing in lubrication for proper viscosity.

• HCL is a by product which is used in Pick ling of M.S ITEMS, for manufacturing of gelatine, chlorides, pesticides, dyes intermediates, pharmaceutical preparation, Rubber chemicals.

• The project site shall require no displacement of habitation as it is located away from the habitation area

• Socio-economic benefit to the locals as it would provide both direct employment and indirect employment.

• This new project will also attract generation of addition revenue to the Government by means of Taxes and duties.

• Green belt development/plantation will be tak en around the Manufacturing Unit. • Proposed CER activities will help in the improved living condition, increased literacy rate,

women empowerment, and better health care etc. • A budget of 19 lak hs is allocated as CER. • Rain water harvesting will also be done to improve ground water level budget of Rs . 5 La k h s

is allotted for this.

11.12 R& R d eta i l s Land required for the proposed project is in possession of M/s Swastik Chloroffin LLP and has no habitations in the project site. Hence no rehabilitation or resettlement plan is required. 11.13 CONCLUSION Company has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.

--------------------------OO--------------------------



Document No. 2018_VI_00001_Final EIA Pa g e | 169 ( Ch a p ter 12) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana (Mob: 09899651342)

CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Va r d a n Env i r oNet, established on 16th August 2012, is an accredited organization by Quality Council of India/NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education and Training) certificate no. NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA0037 issued on Ma r ch 28, 2017. The updated list of accredited consultant is also available online at http: //nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp? file = documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading= Accredited% 20EIA% 20Consultant% 20Organizations% 20with% 20accredited% 20sectors. We have our in-house Environmental Laboratory named “Vardan EnviroLab” at Village Samaspur, Opposite Amity International School, Sector 51, Gurgaon (Haryana) approved by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, Govt. of India (NABL ACCREDITATION No. T-2629), Ministry of Environment, Climate Change & Forest (MOEFCC No. - S.O. 1783 (E)), Haryana State Pollution Control Board (HSPCB) and Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board (RSPCB), ISO 9001: 2008 and OHSAS 18001: 2007.

The details of experts involved in the project are given as NABET Annexure at page No. ii.

--------------------------OO--------------------------

http://nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp?file%20=documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading=Accredited%20EIA%20Consultant%20Organizations%25%2020with%20accredited%20sectors




ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND...

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND...